<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/css" href="https://www.euserv.com/wiki/skins/common/feed.css?207"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">
	<channel>
		<title>EUserv Wiki - Benutzerbeiträge [de]</title>
		<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Spezial:Beitr%C3%A4ge/Kawi1</link>
		<description>Aus EUserv Wiki</description>
		<language>de</language>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.15.5-2squeeze4</generator>
		<lastBuildDate>Mon, 04 May 2026 08:04:07 GMT</lastBuildDate>
		<item>
			<title>Manual Supermicro KVM</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Auswählen des Boot-Mediums */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kategorie:Virtualisierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Languages|Manual Supermicro KVM}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Supermicro-KVM'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supermicro-KVM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemeines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Servern mit OnBoard-KVM kommen die KVM/IPMI-Funktionen der in den Servern verbauten Supermicro - Servermainboards zum Einsatz. Das betrifft die Modell-Serien Prime64 2012 und teilweise Pro64 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die KVM für Ihren Server zu aktivieren, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte buchen Sie dafür einmalig die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; hinzu. Die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; können Sie direkt über einen Supportauftrag an den EUserv Support buchen. Dazu senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an: mailto:support@euserv.de&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Falls Sie eine 24/7 verfügbare KVM wünschen, dann buchen Sie bitte die '''&amp;quot;Permanent User&amp;quot;''' Option auf der EUserv Website [http://www.euserv.com/en/dedicated-server/features/kvm-over-ip.php.] Die Bearbeitung des Auftrages ist in der Regel innerhalb von 24 - 48 h abgeschlossen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie erhalten nach Ihrer Buchung eine Mail vom EUserv Support mit den Zugangsdaten zur KVM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Infos über Tarife und Verfügbarkeit können Sie auch unter&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.euserv.de/produkte/server/optionen/kvm-serielle-konsole.php&lt;br /&gt;
einsehen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mit der KVM verbinden==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bitte geben Sie in der Adresszeile Ihres Browsers die IP-Adresse der KVM ein, und loggen Sie sich  anschließend mit den Zugangsdaten ein. Diese Daten finden Sie alle in der Support-Mail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nun sehen Sie folgenden Bildschirm vor sich, unten wird bereits eine Vorschau angezeigt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um mit der KVM interagieren zu können, müssen Sie die Konsole aufrufen. Bitte gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Console Redirection''' (siehe Bild 'Remote Control auswählen')&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro2.png|700px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remote Control auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie nun auf den Button '''&amp;quot;Launch Console&amp;quot;'''. Jetzt öffnet sich ein neues Fenster, dass Ihnen die Videoausgabe Ihres Servers anzeigt und die Interaktion mittels Keyboard und Maus ermöglicht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie die KVM nicht mehr benötigen, loggen Sie sich bitte durch Klick auf '''&amp;quot;Logout&amp;quot;''' oben rechts aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro6.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==KVM Optionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Konfiguration der Maus===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da die IPMI-Schnittstelle der KVM plattformunabhängig aufgebaut ist, kann es nötig sein, die Erkennung der Maus zu konfigurieren, damit diese reibungslos funktioniert. Gehen Sie dazu auf '''Configuration --&amp;gt; Mouse Mode''' und wählen Sie im darauf folgenden Fenster die zu dem auf Ihrem PC installierten Betriebssystem passende Einstellung aus. Speichern Sie mit einem Klick auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro8.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einbinden von virtuellen Medien===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswählen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro-KVM besteht ebenso die Möglichkeit, auf einer Windows-Freigabe bzw. Samba-Server liegende CD-Images auf dem Host als USB-Gerät zu emulieren. Damit können Sie zum Beispiel ein Betriebssystem Ihrer Wahl installieren, das nicht in der Betriebssystemliste von EUserv vorhanden ist oder mit &amp;quot;exotischen&amp;quot; Betriebssystemen experimentieren. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein virtuelles Medium einzubinden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie bitte dazu '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie bitte unter '''Share host''' den Hostnamen bzw. die IP-Adresse des Freigabe-Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie nun unter '''Path to image''' den Pfad zum Image ein. Achten Sie bitte darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie danach unter '''User''' einen Benutzernamen an (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
* Unter '''Password''' können Sie ein Passwort angeben (optional). &lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte klicken Sie nun auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte klicken Sie danach auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, führen Sie bitte einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie einen Reset durchführen können, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie danach bitte das Boot-Medium aus. Wie Sie dieses auswählen können, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Anwendungsbeispiel | Anwendungsbeispiel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Anwendungsbeispiel =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf dem EUserv-Mirror-Server sind bereits einige ISO-Images hinterlegt. Nachfolgend zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie ein ISO-Image einbinden können (Hier anhand von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie bitte auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie dann '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie bitte unter '''Share host''' den folgenden Hostnamen ein: '''mirror.euserv.net'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Im Anschluss geben Sie bitte unter '''Path to image''' den folgenden Pfad zum Image ein: '''\iso\linux\sles\SLES-11-SP3-DVD-x86_64-GM-DVD1.iso'''. Achten Sie bitte darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte lassen Sie das Feld '''User''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte lassen Sie ebenfalls das Feld '''Password''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie bitte auf '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte klicken Sie dann auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen können, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual_Supermicro_KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie dann bitte auf '''Remote Control''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie dann bitte '''Launch SOL''' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte klicken Sie auf '''Launch SOL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste '''F11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte wählen Sie folgendes Boot-Medium aus: '''ATEN Virtual CDROM YS0J'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie sehen nun den Setup-Screen von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswerfen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Um das Image wieder auszuwerfen, wählen Sie '''Umount''' und Bestätigen dies mit mit einem Klick auf den Button '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das Feature &amp;quot;Power Control&amp;quot; ermöglicht Ihnen, den Server aus- bzw. einzuschalten oder neuzustarten. Gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Power Control'''. Sie können hier den derzeitigen Status Ihres Servers einsehen (z.B. &amp;quot;Host is currently on&amp;quot;). Sie haben nun folgende Möglichkeiten:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-color:rgb(230,230,230); background-color:white;&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;2px solid&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reset Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Führt einen Neustart durch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Immediate'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server umgehend ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Orderly Shutdown'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ordnungsgemäß ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power On Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ein&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Cycle Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ab und wieder ein&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Systemstatus auslesen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro KVM können Sie jederzeit die systemkritischen Werte Ihres Servers auslesen. Neben CPU-Temperatur, Systemtemperatur und Lüftergeschwindigkeit, werden hier u.a. auch zahlreiche Spannungswerte angezeigt. Die einzelnen Werte werden farbcodiert wiedergegeben (grün - orange - rot) und informieren so über den Status des Servers. Den Systemstatus finden Sie unter '''Server Health --&amp;gt; Sensor Readings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Konsolenoptionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KVM-Session aufzeichnen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um Ihre KVM-Sitzung aufzuzeichnen, können Videos (im AVI-Format) aufgenommen werden. Das Aufzeichnen eines Videos geschieht wie folgt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Record''' und anschließend auf '''Start Recording'''. Ein Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie den Speicherort für das Video angeben müssen. Ist dies geschehen, müssen Sie im nächsten Fenster noch die gewünschte Videoauflösung angeben. Die Aufzeichnung beginnt nun. Um diese zu beenden klicken Sie erneut auf '''Record''' und dann auf '''Stop Recording'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Macros===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die KVM erlaubt Ihnen auch, Tastaturkürzel (&amp;quot;Macros&amp;quot;) zu verwenden bzw. benutzerdefinierte Macros selbst zu erstellen. Klicken Sie dazu in der Konsole auf '''Macro'''. Hier können Sie beispielsweise festlegen, ob die Windows- oder Alt-Taste gedrückt gehalten werden soll. Das Submenü &amp;quot;Macro&amp;quot; bietet darüber hinaus gängige Tastatürkürzel wie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, welche so an den Server gesendet werden können.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weiterhin ist es möglich, sich bestimmte KVM-interne Befehle auf benutzerdefinierte Tasten zu legen. Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen das Macro &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; häufiger und wollen dies auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; legen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gehen Sie in der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Hotkey Settings''' und klicken Sie auf '''Start'''. Wählen Sie aus der '''action''' Spalte '''Send Ctrl+Alt+Del''' aus. Drücken Sie nun auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; und gehen auf '''Stop''' sowie anschließend auf '''Assign'''. Nach einem letzten Klick auf '''Close''' wird nun jedesmal beim Drücken von &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; innerhalb der Konsole ein &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; an den Server gesendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sprache ändern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die Anzeigesprache der KVM zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Preference --&amp;gt; Language Setting''' und wählen dort die gewünschte Sprache aus. Nachdem Sie mit '''OK''' bestätigt haben, wird die Anzeigesprache geändert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fullscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie eine bildschirmfüllende Anzeige der KVM wünschen, können Sie dies folgendermaßen erreichen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Full-Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Um in den normalen Modus zurückzukehren, führen Sie ihre Maus an den oberen Bildschirmrand und wählen dort '''Options --&amp;gt; Leave Full Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Für Linux-User==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie beim Starten der KVM-Konsole die Fehlermeldung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;no iKVM64 in java.library.path&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
erhalten sollten, können Sie dies folgendermaßen beheben:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wechseln Sie in Ihren Download-Ordner und suchen Sie die Datei &amp;quot;launch.jnlp&amp;quot;. Öffnen Sie diese Datei in einem Editor und suchen Sie den Eintrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;resources os=&amp;quot;Linux&amp;quot; arch=&amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;nativelib href=&amp;quot;liblinux_x86_64.jar&amp;quot; download=&amp;quot;eager&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1.0.3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entscheidend ist, dass Sie den korrekten Eintrag für Ihre Rechnerarchitektur ausfindig machen (in diesem Fall &amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot; für 64 Bit).&lt;br /&gt;
Fügen Sie nun zwischen '''&amp;lt;nativelib ... /&amp;gt;''' und '''&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;''' folgende Zeilen ein:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.packEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.versionEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speichern Sie die Datei, rechtsklicken darauf und öffnen diese z.B. in Ihrem Browser oder (wenn installiert) der &amp;quot;IcedTea Java Web Start&amp;quot; Anwendung o.ä.&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 15:55:27 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Manual_Supermicro_KVM</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Manual Supermicro KVM</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Auswählen des Boot-Mediums */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kategorie:Virtualisierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Languages|Manual Supermicro KVM}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Supermicro-KVM'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supermicro-KVM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemeines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Servern mit OnBoard-KVM kommen die KVM/IPMI-Funktionen der in den Servern verbauten Supermicro - Servermainboards zum Einsatz. Das betrifft die Modell-Serien Prime64 2012 und teilweise Pro64 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die KVM für Ihren Server zu aktivieren, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte buchen Sie dafür einmalig die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; hinzu. Die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; können Sie direkt über einen Supportauftrag an den EUserv Support buchen. Dazu senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an: mailto:support@euserv.de&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Falls Sie eine 24/7 verfügbare KVM wünschen, dann buchen Sie bitte die '''&amp;quot;Permanent User&amp;quot;''' Option auf der EUserv Website [http://www.euserv.com/en/dedicated-server/features/kvm-over-ip.php.] Die Bearbeitung des Auftrages ist in der Regel innerhalb von 24 - 48 h abgeschlossen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie erhalten nach Ihrer Buchung eine Mail vom EUserv Support mit den Zugangsdaten zur KVM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Infos über Tarife und Verfügbarkeit können Sie auch unter&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.euserv.de/produkte/server/optionen/kvm-serielle-konsole.php&lt;br /&gt;
einsehen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mit der KVM verbinden==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bitte geben Sie in der Adresszeile Ihres Browsers die IP-Adresse der KVM ein, und loggen Sie sich  anschließend mit den Zugangsdaten ein. Diese Daten finden Sie alle in der Support-Mail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nun sehen Sie folgenden Bildschirm vor sich, unten wird bereits eine Vorschau angezeigt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um mit der KVM interagieren zu können, müssen Sie die Konsole aufrufen. Bitte gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Console Redirection''' (siehe Bild 'Remote Control auswählen')&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro2.png|700px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remote Control auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie nun auf den Button '''&amp;quot;Launch Console&amp;quot;'''. Jetzt öffnet sich ein neues Fenster, dass Ihnen die Videoausgabe Ihres Servers anzeigt und die Interaktion mittels Keyboard und Maus ermöglicht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie die KVM nicht mehr benötigen, loggen Sie sich bitte durch Klick auf '''&amp;quot;Logout&amp;quot;''' oben rechts aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro6.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==KVM Optionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Konfiguration der Maus===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da die IPMI-Schnittstelle der KVM plattformunabhängig aufgebaut ist, kann es nötig sein, die Erkennung der Maus zu konfigurieren, damit diese reibungslos funktioniert. Gehen Sie dazu auf '''Configuration --&amp;gt; Mouse Mode''' und wählen Sie im darauf folgenden Fenster die zu dem auf Ihrem PC installierten Betriebssystem passende Einstellung aus. Speichern Sie mit einem Klick auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro8.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einbinden von virtuellen Medien===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswählen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro-KVM besteht die Möglichkeit, auf einer Windows-Freigabe bzw. Samba-Server liegende CD-Images auf dem Host als USB-Gerät zu emulieren. Damit können Sie zum Beispiel ein Betriebssystem Ihrer Wahl installieren, das nicht in der Betriebssystemliste von EUserv vorhanden ist oder mit &amp;quot;exotischen&amp;quot; Betriebssystemen experimentieren. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein virtuelles Medium einzubinden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie bitte '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie bitte unter '''Share host''' den Hostnamen bzw. die IP-Adresse des Freigabe-Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie nun unter '''Path to image''' den Pfad zum Image ein. Achten Sie bitte darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie danach unter '''User''' einen Benutzernamen an (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
* Unter '''Password''' können Sie ein Passwort angeben (optional). &lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte klicken Sie nun auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte klicken Sie danach auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, führen Sie bitte einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie einen Reset durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie danach bitte das Boot-Medium aus. Wie Sie dieses auswählen können, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Anwendungsbeispiel | Anwendungsbeispiel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Anwendungsbeispiel =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf dem EUserv-Mirror-Server sind bereits einige ISO-Images hinterlegt. Nachfolgend zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie ein ISO-Image einbinden können (Hier anhand von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie bitte auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie dann '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie bitte unter '''Share host''' den folgenden Hostnamen ein: '''mirror.euserv.net'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Im Anschluss geben Sie bitte unter '''Path to image''' den folgenden Pfad zum Image ein: '''\iso\linux\sles\SLES-11-SP3-DVD-x86_64-GM-DVD1.iso'''. Achten Sie bitte darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte lassen Sie das Feld '''User''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte lassen Sie ebenfalls das Feld '''Password''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie bitte auf '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte klicken Sie dann auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen können, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual_Supermicro_KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie dann bitte auf '''Remote Control''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie dann bitte '''Launch SOL''' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte klicken Sie auf '''Launch SOL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste '''F11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte wählen Sie folgendes Boot-Medium aus: '''ATEN Virtual CDROM YS0J'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie sehen nun den Setup-Screen von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswerfen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Um das Image wieder auszuwerfen, wählen Sie '''Umount''' und Bestätigen dies mit mit einem Klick auf den Button '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das Feature &amp;quot;Power Control&amp;quot; ermöglicht Ihnen, den Server aus- bzw. einzuschalten oder neuzustarten. Gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Power Control'''. Sie können hier den derzeitigen Status Ihres Servers einsehen (z.B. &amp;quot;Host is currently on&amp;quot;). Sie haben nun folgende Möglichkeiten:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-color:rgb(230,230,230); background-color:white;&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;2px solid&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reset Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Führt einen Neustart durch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Immediate'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server umgehend ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Orderly Shutdown'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ordnungsgemäß ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power On Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ein&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Cycle Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ab und wieder ein&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Systemstatus auslesen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro KVM können Sie jederzeit die systemkritischen Werte Ihres Servers auslesen. Neben CPU-Temperatur, Systemtemperatur und Lüftergeschwindigkeit, werden hier u.a. auch zahlreiche Spannungswerte angezeigt. Die einzelnen Werte werden farbcodiert wiedergegeben (grün - orange - rot) und informieren so über den Status des Servers. Den Systemstatus finden Sie unter '''Server Health --&amp;gt; Sensor Readings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Konsolenoptionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KVM-Session aufzeichnen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um Ihre KVM-Sitzung aufzuzeichnen, können Videos (im AVI-Format) aufgenommen werden. Das Aufzeichnen eines Videos geschieht wie folgt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Record''' und anschließend auf '''Start Recording'''. Ein Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie den Speicherort für das Video angeben müssen. Ist dies geschehen, müssen Sie im nächsten Fenster noch die gewünschte Videoauflösung angeben. Die Aufzeichnung beginnt nun. Um diese zu beenden klicken Sie erneut auf '''Record''' und dann auf '''Stop Recording'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Macros===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die KVM erlaubt Ihnen auch, Tastaturkürzel (&amp;quot;Macros&amp;quot;) zu verwenden bzw. benutzerdefinierte Macros selbst zu erstellen. Klicken Sie dazu in der Konsole auf '''Macro'''. Hier können Sie beispielsweise festlegen, ob die Windows- oder Alt-Taste gedrückt gehalten werden soll. Das Submenü &amp;quot;Macro&amp;quot; bietet darüber hinaus gängige Tastatürkürzel wie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, welche so an den Server gesendet werden können.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weiterhin ist es möglich, sich bestimmte KVM-interne Befehle auf benutzerdefinierte Tasten zu legen. Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen das Macro &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; häufiger und wollen dies auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; legen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gehen Sie in der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Hotkey Settings''' und klicken Sie auf '''Start'''. Wählen Sie aus der '''action''' Spalte '''Send Ctrl+Alt+Del''' aus. Drücken Sie nun auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; und gehen auf '''Stop''' sowie anschließend auf '''Assign'''. Nach einem letzten Klick auf '''Close''' wird nun jedesmal beim Drücken von &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; innerhalb der Konsole ein &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; an den Server gesendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sprache ändern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die Anzeigesprache der KVM zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Preference --&amp;gt; Language Setting''' und wählen dort die gewünschte Sprache aus. Nachdem Sie mit '''OK''' bestätigt haben, wird die Anzeigesprache geändert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fullscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie eine bildschirmfüllende Anzeige der KVM wünschen, können Sie dies folgendermaßen erreichen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Full-Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Um in den normalen Modus zurückzukehren, führen Sie ihre Maus an den oberen Bildschirmrand und wählen dort '''Options --&amp;gt; Leave Full Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Für Linux-User==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie beim Starten der KVM-Konsole die Fehlermeldung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;no iKVM64 in java.library.path&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
erhalten sollten, können Sie dies folgendermaßen beheben:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wechseln Sie in Ihren Download-Ordner und suchen Sie die Datei &amp;quot;launch.jnlp&amp;quot;. Öffnen Sie diese Datei in einem Editor und suchen Sie den Eintrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;resources os=&amp;quot;Linux&amp;quot; arch=&amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;nativelib href=&amp;quot;liblinux_x86_64.jar&amp;quot; download=&amp;quot;eager&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1.0.3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entscheidend ist, dass Sie den korrekten Eintrag für Ihre Rechnerarchitektur ausfindig machen (in diesem Fall &amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot; für 64 Bit).&lt;br /&gt;
Fügen Sie nun zwischen '''&amp;lt;nativelib ... /&amp;gt;''' und '''&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;''' folgende Zeilen ein:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.packEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.versionEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speichern Sie die Datei, rechtsklicken darauf und öffnen diese z.B. in Ihrem Browser oder (wenn installiert) der &amp;quot;IcedTea Java Web Start&amp;quot; Anwendung o.ä.&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 15:48:13 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Manual_Supermicro_KVM</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Manual Supermicro KVM</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Allgemeines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kategorie:Virtualisierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Languages|Manual Supermicro KVM}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Supermicro-KVM'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supermicro-KVM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemeines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Servern mit OnBoard-KVM kommen die KVM/IPMI-Funktionen der in den Servern verbauten Supermicro - Servermainboards zum Einsatz. Das betrifft die Modell-Serien Prime64 2012 und teilweise Pro64 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die KVM für Ihren Server zu aktivieren, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte buchen Sie dafür einmalig die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; hinzu. Die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; können Sie direkt über einen Supportauftrag an den EUserv Support buchen. Dazu senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an: mailto:support@euserv.de&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Falls Sie eine 24/7 verfügbare KVM wünschen, dann buchen Sie bitte die '''&amp;quot;Permanent User&amp;quot;''' Option auf der EUserv Website [http://www.euserv.com/en/dedicated-server/features/kvm-over-ip.php.] Die Bearbeitung des Auftrages ist in der Regel innerhalb von 24 - 48 h abgeschlossen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie erhalten nach Ihrer Buchung eine Mail vom EUserv Support mit den Zugangsdaten zur KVM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Infos über Tarife und Verfügbarkeit können Sie auch unter&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.euserv.de/produkte/server/optionen/kvm-serielle-konsole.php&lt;br /&gt;
einsehen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mit der KVM verbinden==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bitte geben Sie in der Adresszeile Ihres Browsers die IP-Adresse der KVM ein, und loggen Sie sich  anschließend mit den Zugangsdaten ein. Diese Daten finden Sie alle in der Support-Mail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nun sehen Sie folgenden Bildschirm vor sich, unten wird bereits eine Vorschau angezeigt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um mit der KVM interagieren zu können, müssen Sie die Konsole aufrufen. Bitte gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Console Redirection''' (siehe Bild 'Remote Control auswählen')&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro2.png|700px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remote Control auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie nun auf den Button '''&amp;quot;Launch Console&amp;quot;'''. Jetzt öffnet sich ein neues Fenster, dass Ihnen die Videoausgabe Ihres Servers anzeigt und die Interaktion mittels Keyboard und Maus ermöglicht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie die KVM nicht mehr benötigen, loggen Sie sich bitte durch Klick auf '''&amp;quot;Logout&amp;quot;''' oben rechts aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro6.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==KVM Optionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Konfiguration der Maus===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da die IPMI-Schnittstelle der KVM plattformunabhängig aufgebaut ist, kann es nötig sein, die Erkennung der Maus zu konfigurieren, damit diese reibungslos funktioniert. Gehen Sie dazu auf '''Configuration --&amp;gt; Mouse Mode''' und wählen Sie im darauf folgenden Fenster die zu dem auf Ihrem PC installierten Betriebssystem passende Einstellung aus. Speichern Sie mit einem Klick auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro8.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einbinden von virtuellen Medien===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswählen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro-KVM besteht die Möglichkeit, auf einer Windows-Freigabe bzw. Samba-Server liegende CD-Images auf dem Host als USB-Gerät zu emulieren. Damit können Sie zum Beispiel ein Betriebssystem Ihrer Wahl installieren, das nicht in der Betriebssystemliste von EUserv vorhanden ist oder mit &amp;quot;exotischen&amp;quot; Betriebssystemen experimentieren. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein virtuelles Medium einzubinden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den Hostnamen bzw. die IP-Adresse des Freigabe-Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den Pfad zum Image ein. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''User''' einen Benutzernamen an (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Password''' ein Passwort an (optional). &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie danach das Boot-Medium aus. Wie Sie dieses auswählen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Anwendungsbeispiel | Anwendungsbeispiel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Anwendungsbeispiel =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf dem EUserv-Mirror-Server sind bereits einige ISO-Images hinterlegt. Nachfolgend zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie ein ISO-Image einbinden können (Hier anhand von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den folgenden Hostnamen ein: '''mirror.euserv.net'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den folgenden Pfad zum Image ein: '''\iso\linux\sles\SLES-11-SP3-DVD-x86_64-GM-DVD1.iso'''. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''User''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''Password''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual_Supermicro_KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Remote Control''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''Launch SOL''' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Launch SOL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste '''F11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie folgendes Boot-Medium aus: '''ATEN Virtual CDROM YS0J'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie sehen nun den Setup-Screen von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswerfen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Um das Image wieder auszuwerfen, wählen Sie '''Umount''' und Bestätigen dies mit mit einem Klick auf den Button '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das Feature &amp;quot;Power Control&amp;quot; ermöglicht Ihnen, den Server aus- bzw. einzuschalten oder neuzustarten. Gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Power Control'''. Sie können hier den derzeitigen Status Ihres Servers einsehen (z.B. &amp;quot;Host is currently on&amp;quot;). Sie haben nun folgende Möglichkeiten:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-color:rgb(230,230,230); background-color:white;&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;2px solid&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reset Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Führt einen Neustart durch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Immediate'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server umgehend ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Orderly Shutdown'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ordnungsgemäß ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power On Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ein&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Cycle Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ab und wieder ein&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Systemstatus auslesen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro KVM können Sie jederzeit die systemkritischen Werte Ihres Servers auslesen. Neben CPU-Temperatur, Systemtemperatur und Lüftergeschwindigkeit, werden hier u.a. auch zahlreiche Spannungswerte angezeigt. Die einzelnen Werte werden farbcodiert wiedergegeben (grün - orange - rot) und informieren so über den Status des Servers. Den Systemstatus finden Sie unter '''Server Health --&amp;gt; Sensor Readings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Konsolenoptionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KVM-Session aufzeichnen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um Ihre KVM-Sitzung aufzuzeichnen, können Videos (im AVI-Format) aufgenommen werden. Das Aufzeichnen eines Videos geschieht wie folgt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Record''' und anschließend auf '''Start Recording'''. Ein Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie den Speicherort für das Video angeben müssen. Ist dies geschehen, müssen Sie im nächsten Fenster noch die gewünschte Videoauflösung angeben. Die Aufzeichnung beginnt nun. Um diese zu beenden klicken Sie erneut auf '''Record''' und dann auf '''Stop Recording'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Macros===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die KVM erlaubt Ihnen auch, Tastaturkürzel (&amp;quot;Macros&amp;quot;) zu verwenden bzw. benutzerdefinierte Macros selbst zu erstellen. Klicken Sie dazu in der Konsole auf '''Macro'''. Hier können Sie beispielsweise festlegen, ob die Windows- oder Alt-Taste gedrückt gehalten werden soll. Das Submenü &amp;quot;Macro&amp;quot; bietet darüber hinaus gängige Tastatürkürzel wie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, welche so an den Server gesendet werden können.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weiterhin ist es möglich, sich bestimmte KVM-interne Befehle auf benutzerdefinierte Tasten zu legen. Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen das Macro &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; häufiger und wollen dies auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; legen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gehen Sie in der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Hotkey Settings''' und klicken Sie auf '''Start'''. Wählen Sie aus der '''action''' Spalte '''Send Ctrl+Alt+Del''' aus. Drücken Sie nun auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; und gehen auf '''Stop''' sowie anschließend auf '''Assign'''. Nach einem letzten Klick auf '''Close''' wird nun jedesmal beim Drücken von &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; innerhalb der Konsole ein &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; an den Server gesendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sprache ändern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die Anzeigesprache der KVM zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Preference --&amp;gt; Language Setting''' und wählen dort die gewünschte Sprache aus. Nachdem Sie mit '''OK''' bestätigt haben, wird die Anzeigesprache geändert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fullscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie eine bildschirmfüllende Anzeige der KVM wünschen, können Sie dies folgendermaßen erreichen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Full-Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Um in den normalen Modus zurückzukehren, führen Sie ihre Maus an den oberen Bildschirmrand und wählen dort '''Options --&amp;gt; Leave Full Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Für Linux-User==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie beim Starten der KVM-Konsole die Fehlermeldung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;no iKVM64 in java.library.path&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
erhalten sollten, können Sie dies folgendermaßen beheben:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wechseln Sie in Ihren Download-Ordner und suchen Sie die Datei &amp;quot;launch.jnlp&amp;quot;. Öffnen Sie diese Datei in einem Editor und suchen Sie den Eintrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;resources os=&amp;quot;Linux&amp;quot; arch=&amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;nativelib href=&amp;quot;liblinux_x86_64.jar&amp;quot; download=&amp;quot;eager&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1.0.3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entscheidend ist, dass Sie den korrekten Eintrag für Ihre Rechnerarchitektur ausfindig machen (in diesem Fall &amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot; für 64 Bit).&lt;br /&gt;
Fügen Sie nun zwischen '''&amp;lt;nativelib ... /&amp;gt;''' und '''&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;''' folgende Zeilen ein:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.packEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.versionEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speichern Sie die Datei, rechtsklicken darauf und öffnen diese z.B. in Ihrem Browser oder (wenn installiert) der &amp;quot;IcedTea Java Web Start&amp;quot; Anwendung o.ä.&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 15:37:52 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Manual_Supermicro_KVM</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Manual Supermicro KVM</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Allgemeines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kategorie:Virtualisierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Languages|Manual Supermicro KVM}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Supermicro-KVM'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supermicro-KVM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemeines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Servern mit OnBoard-KVM kommen die KVM/IPMI-Funktionen der in den Servern verbauten Supermicro - Servermainboards zum Einsatz. Das betrifft die Modell-Serien Prime64 2012 und teilweise Pro64 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die KVM für Ihren Server zu aktivieren, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte buchen Sie dafür einmalig die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; hinzu. Die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; können Sie direkt über einen Supportauftrag an den EUserv Support buchen. Dazu senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an: mailto:support@euserv.de&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Falls Sie eine 24/7 verfügbare KVM wünschen, dann buchen Sie bitte die '''&amp;quot;Permanent User&amp;quot;''' Option auf der EUserv Website [Link http://www.euserv.com/en/dedicated-server/features/kvm-over-ip.php.] Die Bearbeitung des Auftrages ist in der Regel innerhalb von 24 - 48 h abgeschlossen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie erhalten nach Ihrer Buchung eine Mail vom EUserv Support mit den Zugangsdaten zur KVM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Infos über Tarife und Verfügbarkeit können Sie auch unter&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.euserv.de/produkte/server/optionen/kvm-serielle-konsole.php&lt;br /&gt;
einsehen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mit der KVM verbinden==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bitte geben Sie in der Adresszeile Ihres Browsers die IP-Adresse der KVM ein, und loggen Sie sich  anschließend mit den Zugangsdaten ein. Diese Daten finden Sie alle in der Support-Mail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nun sehen Sie folgenden Bildschirm vor sich, unten wird bereits eine Vorschau angezeigt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um mit der KVM interagieren zu können, müssen Sie die Konsole aufrufen. Bitte gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Console Redirection''' (siehe Bild 'Remote Control auswählen')&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro2.png|700px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remote Control auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie nun auf den Button '''&amp;quot;Launch Console&amp;quot;'''. Jetzt öffnet sich ein neues Fenster, dass Ihnen die Videoausgabe Ihres Servers anzeigt und die Interaktion mittels Keyboard und Maus ermöglicht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie die KVM nicht mehr benötigen, loggen Sie sich bitte durch Klick auf '''&amp;quot;Logout&amp;quot;''' oben rechts aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro6.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==KVM Optionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Konfiguration der Maus===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da die IPMI-Schnittstelle der KVM plattformunabhängig aufgebaut ist, kann es nötig sein, die Erkennung der Maus zu konfigurieren, damit diese reibungslos funktioniert. Gehen Sie dazu auf '''Configuration --&amp;gt; Mouse Mode''' und wählen Sie im darauf folgenden Fenster die zu dem auf Ihrem PC installierten Betriebssystem passende Einstellung aus. Speichern Sie mit einem Klick auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro8.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einbinden von virtuellen Medien===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswählen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro-KVM besteht die Möglichkeit, auf einer Windows-Freigabe bzw. Samba-Server liegende CD-Images auf dem Host als USB-Gerät zu emulieren. Damit können Sie zum Beispiel ein Betriebssystem Ihrer Wahl installieren, das nicht in der Betriebssystemliste von EUserv vorhanden ist oder mit &amp;quot;exotischen&amp;quot; Betriebssystemen experimentieren. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein virtuelles Medium einzubinden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den Hostnamen bzw. die IP-Adresse des Freigabe-Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den Pfad zum Image ein. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''User''' einen Benutzernamen an (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Password''' ein Passwort an (optional). &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie danach das Boot-Medium aus. Wie Sie dieses auswählen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Anwendungsbeispiel | Anwendungsbeispiel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Anwendungsbeispiel =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf dem EUserv-Mirror-Server sind bereits einige ISO-Images hinterlegt. Nachfolgend zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie ein ISO-Image einbinden können (Hier anhand von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den folgenden Hostnamen ein: '''mirror.euserv.net'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den folgenden Pfad zum Image ein: '''\iso\linux\sles\SLES-11-SP3-DVD-x86_64-GM-DVD1.iso'''. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''User''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''Password''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual_Supermicro_KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Remote Control''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''Launch SOL''' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Launch SOL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste '''F11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie folgendes Boot-Medium aus: '''ATEN Virtual CDROM YS0J'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie sehen nun den Setup-Screen von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswerfen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Um das Image wieder auszuwerfen, wählen Sie '''Umount''' und Bestätigen dies mit mit einem Klick auf den Button '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das Feature &amp;quot;Power Control&amp;quot; ermöglicht Ihnen, den Server aus- bzw. einzuschalten oder neuzustarten. Gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Power Control'''. Sie können hier den derzeitigen Status Ihres Servers einsehen (z.B. &amp;quot;Host is currently on&amp;quot;). Sie haben nun folgende Möglichkeiten:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-color:rgb(230,230,230); background-color:white;&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;2px solid&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reset Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Führt einen Neustart durch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Immediate'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server umgehend ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Orderly Shutdown'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ordnungsgemäß ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power On Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ein&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Cycle Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ab und wieder ein&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Systemstatus auslesen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro KVM können Sie jederzeit die systemkritischen Werte Ihres Servers auslesen. Neben CPU-Temperatur, Systemtemperatur und Lüftergeschwindigkeit, werden hier u.a. auch zahlreiche Spannungswerte angezeigt. Die einzelnen Werte werden farbcodiert wiedergegeben (grün - orange - rot) und informieren so über den Status des Servers. Den Systemstatus finden Sie unter '''Server Health --&amp;gt; Sensor Readings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Konsolenoptionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KVM-Session aufzeichnen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um Ihre KVM-Sitzung aufzuzeichnen, können Videos (im AVI-Format) aufgenommen werden. Das Aufzeichnen eines Videos geschieht wie folgt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Record''' und anschließend auf '''Start Recording'''. Ein Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie den Speicherort für das Video angeben müssen. Ist dies geschehen, müssen Sie im nächsten Fenster noch die gewünschte Videoauflösung angeben. Die Aufzeichnung beginnt nun. Um diese zu beenden klicken Sie erneut auf '''Record''' und dann auf '''Stop Recording'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Macros===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die KVM erlaubt Ihnen auch, Tastaturkürzel (&amp;quot;Macros&amp;quot;) zu verwenden bzw. benutzerdefinierte Macros selbst zu erstellen. Klicken Sie dazu in der Konsole auf '''Macro'''. Hier können Sie beispielsweise festlegen, ob die Windows- oder Alt-Taste gedrückt gehalten werden soll. Das Submenü &amp;quot;Macro&amp;quot; bietet darüber hinaus gängige Tastatürkürzel wie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, welche so an den Server gesendet werden können.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weiterhin ist es möglich, sich bestimmte KVM-interne Befehle auf benutzerdefinierte Tasten zu legen. Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen das Macro &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; häufiger und wollen dies auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; legen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gehen Sie in der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Hotkey Settings''' und klicken Sie auf '''Start'''. Wählen Sie aus der '''action''' Spalte '''Send Ctrl+Alt+Del''' aus. Drücken Sie nun auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; und gehen auf '''Stop''' sowie anschließend auf '''Assign'''. Nach einem letzten Klick auf '''Close''' wird nun jedesmal beim Drücken von &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; innerhalb der Konsole ein &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; an den Server gesendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sprache ändern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die Anzeigesprache der KVM zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Preference --&amp;gt; Language Setting''' und wählen dort die gewünschte Sprache aus. Nachdem Sie mit '''OK''' bestätigt haben, wird die Anzeigesprache geändert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fullscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie eine bildschirmfüllende Anzeige der KVM wünschen, können Sie dies folgendermaßen erreichen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Full-Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Um in den normalen Modus zurückzukehren, führen Sie ihre Maus an den oberen Bildschirmrand und wählen dort '''Options --&amp;gt; Leave Full Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Für Linux-User==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie beim Starten der KVM-Konsole die Fehlermeldung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;no iKVM64 in java.library.path&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
erhalten sollten, können Sie dies folgendermaßen beheben:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wechseln Sie in Ihren Download-Ordner und suchen Sie die Datei &amp;quot;launch.jnlp&amp;quot;. Öffnen Sie diese Datei in einem Editor und suchen Sie den Eintrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;resources os=&amp;quot;Linux&amp;quot; arch=&amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;nativelib href=&amp;quot;liblinux_x86_64.jar&amp;quot; download=&amp;quot;eager&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1.0.3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entscheidend ist, dass Sie den korrekten Eintrag für Ihre Rechnerarchitektur ausfindig machen (in diesem Fall &amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot; für 64 Bit).&lt;br /&gt;
Fügen Sie nun zwischen '''&amp;lt;nativelib ... /&amp;gt;''' und '''&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;''' folgende Zeilen ein:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.packEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.versionEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speichern Sie die Datei, rechtsklicken darauf und öffnen diese z.B. in Ihrem Browser oder (wenn installiert) der &amp;quot;IcedTea Java Web Start&amp;quot; Anwendung o.ä.&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 15:37:40 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Manual_Supermicro_KVM</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Manual Supermicro KVM</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Allgemeines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kategorie:Virtualisierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Languages|Manual Supermicro KVM}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Supermicro-KVM'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supermicro-KVM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemeines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Servern mit OnBoard-KVM kommen die KVM/IPMI-Funktionen der in den Servern verbauten Supermicro - Servermainboards zum Einsatz. Das betrifft die Modell-Serien Prime64 2012 und teilweise Pro64 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die KVM für Ihren Server zu aktivieren, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte buchen Sie dafür einmalig die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; hinzu. Die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; können Sie direkt über einen Supportauftrag an den EUserv Support buchen. Dazu senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an: mailto:support@euserv.de&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Falls Sie eine 24/7 verfügbare KVM wünschen, dann buchen Sie bitte die '''&amp;quot;Permanent User&amp;quot;''' Option auf der EUserv Website [http://www.euserv.com/en/dedicated-server/features/kvm-over-ip.php.] Die Bearbeitung des Auftrages ist in der Regel innerhalb von 24 - 48 h abgeschlossen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie erhalten nach Ihrer Buchung eine Mail vom EUserv Support mit den Zugangsdaten zur KVM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Infos über Tarife und Verfügbarkeit können Sie auch unter&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.euserv.de/produkte/server/optionen/kvm-serielle-konsole.php&lt;br /&gt;
einsehen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mit der KVM verbinden==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bitte geben Sie in der Adresszeile Ihres Browsers die IP-Adresse der KVM ein, und loggen Sie sich  anschließend mit den Zugangsdaten ein. Diese Daten finden Sie alle in der Support-Mail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nun sehen Sie folgenden Bildschirm vor sich, unten wird bereits eine Vorschau angezeigt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um mit der KVM interagieren zu können, müssen Sie die Konsole aufrufen. Bitte gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Console Redirection''' (siehe Bild 'Remote Control auswählen')&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro2.png|700px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remote Control auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie nun auf den Button '''&amp;quot;Launch Console&amp;quot;'''. Jetzt öffnet sich ein neues Fenster, dass Ihnen die Videoausgabe Ihres Servers anzeigt und die Interaktion mittels Keyboard und Maus ermöglicht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie die KVM nicht mehr benötigen, loggen Sie sich bitte durch Klick auf '''&amp;quot;Logout&amp;quot;''' oben rechts aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro6.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==KVM Optionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Konfiguration der Maus===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da die IPMI-Schnittstelle der KVM plattformunabhängig aufgebaut ist, kann es nötig sein, die Erkennung der Maus zu konfigurieren, damit diese reibungslos funktioniert. Gehen Sie dazu auf '''Configuration --&amp;gt; Mouse Mode''' und wählen Sie im darauf folgenden Fenster die zu dem auf Ihrem PC installierten Betriebssystem passende Einstellung aus. Speichern Sie mit einem Klick auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro8.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einbinden von virtuellen Medien===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswählen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro-KVM besteht die Möglichkeit, auf einer Windows-Freigabe bzw. Samba-Server liegende CD-Images auf dem Host als USB-Gerät zu emulieren. Damit können Sie zum Beispiel ein Betriebssystem Ihrer Wahl installieren, das nicht in der Betriebssystemliste von EUserv vorhanden ist oder mit &amp;quot;exotischen&amp;quot; Betriebssystemen experimentieren. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein virtuelles Medium einzubinden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den Hostnamen bzw. die IP-Adresse des Freigabe-Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den Pfad zum Image ein. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''User''' einen Benutzernamen an (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Password''' ein Passwort an (optional). &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie danach das Boot-Medium aus. Wie Sie dieses auswählen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Anwendungsbeispiel | Anwendungsbeispiel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Anwendungsbeispiel =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf dem EUserv-Mirror-Server sind bereits einige ISO-Images hinterlegt. Nachfolgend zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie ein ISO-Image einbinden können (Hier anhand von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den folgenden Hostnamen ein: '''mirror.euserv.net'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den folgenden Pfad zum Image ein: '''\iso\linux\sles\SLES-11-SP3-DVD-x86_64-GM-DVD1.iso'''. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''User''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''Password''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual_Supermicro_KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Remote Control''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''Launch SOL''' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Launch SOL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste '''F11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie folgendes Boot-Medium aus: '''ATEN Virtual CDROM YS0J'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie sehen nun den Setup-Screen von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswerfen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Um das Image wieder auszuwerfen, wählen Sie '''Umount''' und Bestätigen dies mit mit einem Klick auf den Button '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das Feature &amp;quot;Power Control&amp;quot; ermöglicht Ihnen, den Server aus- bzw. einzuschalten oder neuzustarten. Gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Power Control'''. Sie können hier den derzeitigen Status Ihres Servers einsehen (z.B. &amp;quot;Host is currently on&amp;quot;). Sie haben nun folgende Möglichkeiten:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-color:rgb(230,230,230); background-color:white;&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;2px solid&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reset Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Führt einen Neustart durch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Immediate'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server umgehend ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Orderly Shutdown'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ordnungsgemäß ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power On Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ein&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Cycle Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ab und wieder ein&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Systemstatus auslesen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro KVM können Sie jederzeit die systemkritischen Werte Ihres Servers auslesen. Neben CPU-Temperatur, Systemtemperatur und Lüftergeschwindigkeit, werden hier u.a. auch zahlreiche Spannungswerte angezeigt. Die einzelnen Werte werden farbcodiert wiedergegeben (grün - orange - rot) und informieren so über den Status des Servers. Den Systemstatus finden Sie unter '''Server Health --&amp;gt; Sensor Readings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Konsolenoptionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KVM-Session aufzeichnen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um Ihre KVM-Sitzung aufzuzeichnen, können Videos (im AVI-Format) aufgenommen werden. Das Aufzeichnen eines Videos geschieht wie folgt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Record''' und anschließend auf '''Start Recording'''. Ein Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie den Speicherort für das Video angeben müssen. Ist dies geschehen, müssen Sie im nächsten Fenster noch die gewünschte Videoauflösung angeben. Die Aufzeichnung beginnt nun. Um diese zu beenden klicken Sie erneut auf '''Record''' und dann auf '''Stop Recording'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Macros===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die KVM erlaubt Ihnen auch, Tastaturkürzel (&amp;quot;Macros&amp;quot;) zu verwenden bzw. benutzerdefinierte Macros selbst zu erstellen. Klicken Sie dazu in der Konsole auf '''Macro'''. Hier können Sie beispielsweise festlegen, ob die Windows- oder Alt-Taste gedrückt gehalten werden soll. Das Submenü &amp;quot;Macro&amp;quot; bietet darüber hinaus gängige Tastatürkürzel wie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, welche so an den Server gesendet werden können.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weiterhin ist es möglich, sich bestimmte KVM-interne Befehle auf benutzerdefinierte Tasten zu legen. Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen das Macro &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; häufiger und wollen dies auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; legen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gehen Sie in der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Hotkey Settings''' und klicken Sie auf '''Start'''. Wählen Sie aus der '''action''' Spalte '''Send Ctrl+Alt+Del''' aus. Drücken Sie nun auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; und gehen auf '''Stop''' sowie anschließend auf '''Assign'''. Nach einem letzten Klick auf '''Close''' wird nun jedesmal beim Drücken von &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; innerhalb der Konsole ein &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; an den Server gesendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sprache ändern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die Anzeigesprache der KVM zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Preference --&amp;gt; Language Setting''' und wählen dort die gewünschte Sprache aus. Nachdem Sie mit '''OK''' bestätigt haben, wird die Anzeigesprache geändert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fullscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie eine bildschirmfüllende Anzeige der KVM wünschen, können Sie dies folgendermaßen erreichen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Full-Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Um in den normalen Modus zurückzukehren, führen Sie ihre Maus an den oberen Bildschirmrand und wählen dort '''Options --&amp;gt; Leave Full Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Für Linux-User==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie beim Starten der KVM-Konsole die Fehlermeldung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;no iKVM64 in java.library.path&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
erhalten sollten, können Sie dies folgendermaßen beheben:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wechseln Sie in Ihren Download-Ordner und suchen Sie die Datei &amp;quot;launch.jnlp&amp;quot;. Öffnen Sie diese Datei in einem Editor und suchen Sie den Eintrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;resources os=&amp;quot;Linux&amp;quot; arch=&amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;nativelib href=&amp;quot;liblinux_x86_64.jar&amp;quot; download=&amp;quot;eager&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1.0.3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entscheidend ist, dass Sie den korrekten Eintrag für Ihre Rechnerarchitektur ausfindig machen (in diesem Fall &amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot; für 64 Bit).&lt;br /&gt;
Fügen Sie nun zwischen '''&amp;lt;nativelib ... /&amp;gt;''' und '''&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;''' folgende Zeilen ein:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.packEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.versionEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speichern Sie die Datei, rechtsklicken darauf und öffnen diese z.B. in Ihrem Browser oder (wenn installiert) der &amp;quot;IcedTea Java Web Start&amp;quot; Anwendung o.ä.&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 15:35:32 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Manual_Supermicro_KVM</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Manual Supermicro KVM</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Mit der KVM verbinden */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kategorie:Virtualisierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Languages|Manual Supermicro KVM}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Supermicro-KVM'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supermicro-KVM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemeines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Servern mit OnBoard-KVM kommen die KVM/IPMI-Funktionen der in den Servern verbauten Supermicro - Servermainboards zum Einsatz. Das betrifft die Modell-Serien Prime64 2012 und teilweise Pro64 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die KVM für Ihren Server zu aktivieren, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte buchen Sie dafür einmalig die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; hinzu. Die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; können Sie direkt über einen Supportauftrag an den EUserv Support buchen. Dazu senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an: mailto:support@euserv.de&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Falls Sie eine 24/7 verfügbare KVM wünschen, dann buchen Sie bitte die '''&amp;quot;Permanent User&amp;quot;''' Option auf der EUserv Website. Die Bearbeitung des Auftrages ist in der Regel innerhalb von 24 - 48 h abgeschlossen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie erhalten nach Ihrer Buchung eine Mail vom EUserv Support mit den Zugangsdaten zur KVM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Infos über Tarife und Verfügbarkeit können Sie auch unter&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.euserv.de/produkte/server/optionen/kvm-serielle-konsole.php&lt;br /&gt;
einsehen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mit der KVM verbinden==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bitte geben Sie in der Adresszeile Ihres Browsers die IP-Adresse der KVM ein, und loggen Sie sich  anschließend mit den Zugangsdaten ein. Diese Daten finden Sie alle in der Support-Mail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nun sehen Sie folgenden Bildschirm vor sich, unten wird bereits eine Vorschau angezeigt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um mit der KVM interagieren zu können, müssen Sie die Konsole aufrufen. Bitte gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Console Redirection''' (siehe Bild 'Remote Control auswählen')&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro2.png|700px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Remote Control auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie nun auf den Button '''&amp;quot;Launch Console&amp;quot;'''. Jetzt öffnet sich ein neues Fenster, dass Ihnen die Videoausgabe Ihres Servers anzeigt und die Interaktion mittels Keyboard und Maus ermöglicht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie die KVM nicht mehr benötigen, loggen Sie sich bitte durch Klick auf '''&amp;quot;Logout&amp;quot;''' oben rechts aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro6.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==KVM Optionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Konfiguration der Maus===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da die IPMI-Schnittstelle der KVM plattformunabhängig aufgebaut ist, kann es nötig sein, die Erkennung der Maus zu konfigurieren, damit diese reibungslos funktioniert. Gehen Sie dazu auf '''Configuration --&amp;gt; Mouse Mode''' und wählen Sie im darauf folgenden Fenster die zu dem auf Ihrem PC installierten Betriebssystem passende Einstellung aus. Speichern Sie mit einem Klick auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro8.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einbinden von virtuellen Medien===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswählen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro-KVM besteht die Möglichkeit, auf einer Windows-Freigabe bzw. Samba-Server liegende CD-Images auf dem Host als USB-Gerät zu emulieren. Damit können Sie zum Beispiel ein Betriebssystem Ihrer Wahl installieren, das nicht in der Betriebssystemliste von EUserv vorhanden ist oder mit &amp;quot;exotischen&amp;quot; Betriebssystemen experimentieren. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein virtuelles Medium einzubinden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den Hostnamen bzw. die IP-Adresse des Freigabe-Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den Pfad zum Image ein. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''User''' einen Benutzernamen an (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Password''' ein Passwort an (optional). &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie danach das Boot-Medium aus. Wie Sie dieses auswählen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Anwendungsbeispiel | Anwendungsbeispiel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Anwendungsbeispiel =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf dem EUserv-Mirror-Server sind bereits einige ISO-Images hinterlegt. Nachfolgend zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie ein ISO-Image einbinden können (Hier anhand von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den folgenden Hostnamen ein: '''mirror.euserv.net'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den folgenden Pfad zum Image ein: '''\iso\linux\sles\SLES-11-SP3-DVD-x86_64-GM-DVD1.iso'''. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''User''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''Password''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual_Supermicro_KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Remote Control''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''Launch SOL''' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Launch SOL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste '''F11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie folgendes Boot-Medium aus: '''ATEN Virtual CDROM YS0J'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie sehen nun den Setup-Screen von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswerfen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Um das Image wieder auszuwerfen, wählen Sie '''Umount''' und Bestätigen dies mit mit einem Klick auf den Button '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das Feature &amp;quot;Power Control&amp;quot; ermöglicht Ihnen, den Server aus- bzw. einzuschalten oder neuzustarten. Gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Power Control'''. Sie können hier den derzeitigen Status Ihres Servers einsehen (z.B. &amp;quot;Host is currently on&amp;quot;). Sie haben nun folgende Möglichkeiten:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-color:rgb(230,230,230); background-color:white;&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;2px solid&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reset Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Führt einen Neustart durch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Immediate'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server umgehend ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Orderly Shutdown'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ordnungsgemäß ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power On Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ein&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Cycle Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ab und wieder ein&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Systemstatus auslesen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro KVM können Sie jederzeit die systemkritischen Werte Ihres Servers auslesen. Neben CPU-Temperatur, Systemtemperatur und Lüftergeschwindigkeit, werden hier u.a. auch zahlreiche Spannungswerte angezeigt. Die einzelnen Werte werden farbcodiert wiedergegeben (grün - orange - rot) und informieren so über den Status des Servers. Den Systemstatus finden Sie unter '''Server Health --&amp;gt; Sensor Readings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Konsolenoptionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KVM-Session aufzeichnen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um Ihre KVM-Sitzung aufzuzeichnen, können Videos (im AVI-Format) aufgenommen werden. Das Aufzeichnen eines Videos geschieht wie folgt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Record''' und anschließend auf '''Start Recording'''. Ein Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie den Speicherort für das Video angeben müssen. Ist dies geschehen, müssen Sie im nächsten Fenster noch die gewünschte Videoauflösung angeben. Die Aufzeichnung beginnt nun. Um diese zu beenden klicken Sie erneut auf '''Record''' und dann auf '''Stop Recording'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Macros===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die KVM erlaubt Ihnen auch, Tastaturkürzel (&amp;quot;Macros&amp;quot;) zu verwenden bzw. benutzerdefinierte Macros selbst zu erstellen. Klicken Sie dazu in der Konsole auf '''Macro'''. Hier können Sie beispielsweise festlegen, ob die Windows- oder Alt-Taste gedrückt gehalten werden soll. Das Submenü &amp;quot;Macro&amp;quot; bietet darüber hinaus gängige Tastatürkürzel wie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, welche so an den Server gesendet werden können.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weiterhin ist es möglich, sich bestimmte KVM-interne Befehle auf benutzerdefinierte Tasten zu legen. Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen das Macro &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; häufiger und wollen dies auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; legen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gehen Sie in der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Hotkey Settings''' und klicken Sie auf '''Start'''. Wählen Sie aus der '''action''' Spalte '''Send Ctrl+Alt+Del''' aus. Drücken Sie nun auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; und gehen auf '''Stop''' sowie anschließend auf '''Assign'''. Nach einem letzten Klick auf '''Close''' wird nun jedesmal beim Drücken von &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; innerhalb der Konsole ein &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; an den Server gesendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sprache ändern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die Anzeigesprache der KVM zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Preference --&amp;gt; Language Setting''' und wählen dort die gewünschte Sprache aus. Nachdem Sie mit '''OK''' bestätigt haben, wird die Anzeigesprache geändert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fullscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie eine bildschirmfüllende Anzeige der KVM wünschen, können Sie dies folgendermaßen erreichen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Full-Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Um in den normalen Modus zurückzukehren, führen Sie ihre Maus an den oberen Bildschirmrand und wählen dort '''Options --&amp;gt; Leave Full Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Für Linux-User==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie beim Starten der KVM-Konsole die Fehlermeldung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;no iKVM64 in java.library.path&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
erhalten sollten, können Sie dies folgendermaßen beheben:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wechseln Sie in Ihren Download-Ordner und suchen Sie die Datei &amp;quot;launch.jnlp&amp;quot;. Öffnen Sie diese Datei in einem Editor und suchen Sie den Eintrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;resources os=&amp;quot;Linux&amp;quot; arch=&amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;nativelib href=&amp;quot;liblinux_x86_64.jar&amp;quot; download=&amp;quot;eager&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1.0.3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entscheidend ist, dass Sie den korrekten Eintrag für Ihre Rechnerarchitektur ausfindig machen (in diesem Fall &amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot; für 64 Bit).&lt;br /&gt;
Fügen Sie nun zwischen '''&amp;lt;nativelib ... /&amp;gt;''' und '''&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;''' folgende Zeilen ein:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.packEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.versionEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speichern Sie die Datei, rechtsklicken darauf und öffnen diese z.B. in Ihrem Browser oder (wenn installiert) der &amp;quot;IcedTea Java Web Start&amp;quot; Anwendung o.ä.&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 15:32:46 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Manual_Supermicro_KVM</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Manual Supermicro KVM</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Mit der KVM verbinden */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kategorie:Virtualisierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Languages|Manual Supermicro KVM}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Supermicro-KVM'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supermicro-KVM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemeines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Servern mit OnBoard-KVM kommen die KVM/IPMI-Funktionen der in den Servern verbauten Supermicro - Servermainboards zum Einsatz. Das betrifft die Modell-Serien Prime64 2012 und teilweise Pro64 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die KVM für Ihren Server zu aktivieren, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte buchen Sie dafür einmalig die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; hinzu. Die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; können Sie direkt über einen Supportauftrag an den EUserv Support buchen. Dazu senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an: mailto:support@euserv.de&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Falls Sie eine 24/7 verfügbare KVM wünschen, dann buchen Sie bitte die '''&amp;quot;Permanent User&amp;quot;''' Option auf der EUserv Website. Die Bearbeitung des Auftrages ist in der Regel innerhalb von 24 - 48 h abgeschlossen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie erhalten nach Ihrer Buchung eine Mail vom EUserv Support mit den Zugangsdaten zur KVM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Infos über Tarife und Verfügbarkeit können Sie auch unter&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.euserv.de/produkte/server/optionen/kvm-serielle-konsole.php&lt;br /&gt;
einsehen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mit der KVM verbinden==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bitte geben Sie in der Adresszeile Ihres Browsers die IP-Adresse der KVM ein, und loggen Sie sich  anschließend mit den Zugangsdaten ein. Diese Daten finden Sie alle in der Support-Mail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nun sehen Sie folgenden Bildschirm vor sich, unten wird bereits eine Vorschau angezeigt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um mit der KVM interagieren zu können, müssen Sie die Konsole aufrufen. Bitte gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Console Redirection''' (siehe Bild 'Remote Control auswählen')&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro2.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Remote Control auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie nun auf den Button '''&amp;quot;Launch Console&amp;quot;'''. Jetzt öffnet sich ein neues Fenster, dass Ihnen die Videoausgabe Ihres Servers anzeigt und die Interaktion mittels Keyboard und Maus ermöglicht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie die KVM nicht mehr benötigen, loggen Sie sich bitte durch Klick auf '''&amp;quot;Logout&amp;quot;''' oben rechts aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro6.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==KVM Optionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Konfiguration der Maus===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da die IPMI-Schnittstelle der KVM plattformunabhängig aufgebaut ist, kann es nötig sein, die Erkennung der Maus zu konfigurieren, damit diese reibungslos funktioniert. Gehen Sie dazu auf '''Configuration --&amp;gt; Mouse Mode''' und wählen Sie im darauf folgenden Fenster die zu dem auf Ihrem PC installierten Betriebssystem passende Einstellung aus. Speichern Sie mit einem Klick auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro8.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einbinden von virtuellen Medien===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswählen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro-KVM besteht die Möglichkeit, auf einer Windows-Freigabe bzw. Samba-Server liegende CD-Images auf dem Host als USB-Gerät zu emulieren. Damit können Sie zum Beispiel ein Betriebssystem Ihrer Wahl installieren, das nicht in der Betriebssystemliste von EUserv vorhanden ist oder mit &amp;quot;exotischen&amp;quot; Betriebssystemen experimentieren. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein virtuelles Medium einzubinden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den Hostnamen bzw. die IP-Adresse des Freigabe-Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den Pfad zum Image ein. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''User''' einen Benutzernamen an (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Password''' ein Passwort an (optional). &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie danach das Boot-Medium aus. Wie Sie dieses auswählen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Anwendungsbeispiel | Anwendungsbeispiel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Anwendungsbeispiel =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf dem EUserv-Mirror-Server sind bereits einige ISO-Images hinterlegt. Nachfolgend zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie ein ISO-Image einbinden können (Hier anhand von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den folgenden Hostnamen ein: '''mirror.euserv.net'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den folgenden Pfad zum Image ein: '''\iso\linux\sles\SLES-11-SP3-DVD-x86_64-GM-DVD1.iso'''. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''User''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''Password''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual_Supermicro_KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Remote Control''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''Launch SOL''' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Launch SOL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste '''F11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie folgendes Boot-Medium aus: '''ATEN Virtual CDROM YS0J'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie sehen nun den Setup-Screen von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswerfen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Um das Image wieder auszuwerfen, wählen Sie '''Umount''' und Bestätigen dies mit mit einem Klick auf den Button '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das Feature &amp;quot;Power Control&amp;quot; ermöglicht Ihnen, den Server aus- bzw. einzuschalten oder neuzustarten. Gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Power Control'''. Sie können hier den derzeitigen Status Ihres Servers einsehen (z.B. &amp;quot;Host is currently on&amp;quot;). Sie haben nun folgende Möglichkeiten:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-color:rgb(230,230,230); background-color:white;&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;2px solid&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reset Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Führt einen Neustart durch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Immediate'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server umgehend ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Orderly Shutdown'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ordnungsgemäß ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power On Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ein&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Cycle Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ab und wieder ein&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Systemstatus auslesen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro KVM können Sie jederzeit die systemkritischen Werte Ihres Servers auslesen. Neben CPU-Temperatur, Systemtemperatur und Lüftergeschwindigkeit, werden hier u.a. auch zahlreiche Spannungswerte angezeigt. Die einzelnen Werte werden farbcodiert wiedergegeben (grün - orange - rot) und informieren so über den Status des Servers. Den Systemstatus finden Sie unter '''Server Health --&amp;gt; Sensor Readings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Konsolenoptionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KVM-Session aufzeichnen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um Ihre KVM-Sitzung aufzuzeichnen, können Videos (im AVI-Format) aufgenommen werden. Das Aufzeichnen eines Videos geschieht wie folgt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Record''' und anschließend auf '''Start Recording'''. Ein Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie den Speicherort für das Video angeben müssen. Ist dies geschehen, müssen Sie im nächsten Fenster noch die gewünschte Videoauflösung angeben. Die Aufzeichnung beginnt nun. Um diese zu beenden klicken Sie erneut auf '''Record''' und dann auf '''Stop Recording'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Macros===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die KVM erlaubt Ihnen auch, Tastaturkürzel (&amp;quot;Macros&amp;quot;) zu verwenden bzw. benutzerdefinierte Macros selbst zu erstellen. Klicken Sie dazu in der Konsole auf '''Macro'''. Hier können Sie beispielsweise festlegen, ob die Windows- oder Alt-Taste gedrückt gehalten werden soll. Das Submenü &amp;quot;Macro&amp;quot; bietet darüber hinaus gängige Tastatürkürzel wie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, welche so an den Server gesendet werden können.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weiterhin ist es möglich, sich bestimmte KVM-interne Befehle auf benutzerdefinierte Tasten zu legen. Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen das Macro &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; häufiger und wollen dies auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; legen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gehen Sie in der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Hotkey Settings''' und klicken Sie auf '''Start'''. Wählen Sie aus der '''action''' Spalte '''Send Ctrl+Alt+Del''' aus. Drücken Sie nun auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; und gehen auf '''Stop''' sowie anschließend auf '''Assign'''. Nach einem letzten Klick auf '''Close''' wird nun jedesmal beim Drücken von &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; innerhalb der Konsole ein &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; an den Server gesendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sprache ändern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die Anzeigesprache der KVM zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Preference --&amp;gt; Language Setting''' und wählen dort die gewünschte Sprache aus. Nachdem Sie mit '''OK''' bestätigt haben, wird die Anzeigesprache geändert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fullscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie eine bildschirmfüllende Anzeige der KVM wünschen, können Sie dies folgendermaßen erreichen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Full-Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Um in den normalen Modus zurückzukehren, führen Sie ihre Maus an den oberen Bildschirmrand und wählen dort '''Options --&amp;gt; Leave Full Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Für Linux-User==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie beim Starten der KVM-Konsole die Fehlermeldung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;no iKVM64 in java.library.path&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
erhalten sollten, können Sie dies folgendermaßen beheben:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wechseln Sie in Ihren Download-Ordner und suchen Sie die Datei &amp;quot;launch.jnlp&amp;quot;. Öffnen Sie diese Datei in einem Editor und suchen Sie den Eintrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;resources os=&amp;quot;Linux&amp;quot; arch=&amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;nativelib href=&amp;quot;liblinux_x86_64.jar&amp;quot; download=&amp;quot;eager&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1.0.3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entscheidend ist, dass Sie den korrekten Eintrag für Ihre Rechnerarchitektur ausfindig machen (in diesem Fall &amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot; für 64 Bit).&lt;br /&gt;
Fügen Sie nun zwischen '''&amp;lt;nativelib ... /&amp;gt;''' und '''&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;''' folgende Zeilen ein:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.packEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.versionEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speichern Sie die Datei, rechtsklicken darauf und öffnen diese z.B. in Ihrem Browser oder (wenn installiert) der &amp;quot;IcedTea Java Web Start&amp;quot; Anwendung o.ä.&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 15:32:29 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Manual_Supermicro_KVM</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Manual Supermicro KVM</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Mit der KVM verbinden */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kategorie:Virtualisierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Languages|Manual Supermicro KVM}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Supermicro-KVM'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supermicro-KVM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemeines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Servern mit OnBoard-KVM kommen die KVM/IPMI-Funktionen der in den Servern verbauten Supermicro - Servermainboards zum Einsatz. Das betrifft die Modell-Serien Prime64 2012 und teilweise Pro64 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die KVM für Ihren Server zu aktivieren, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte buchen Sie dafür einmalig die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; hinzu. Die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; können Sie direkt über einen Supportauftrag an den EUserv Support buchen. Dazu senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an: mailto:support@euserv.de&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Falls Sie eine 24/7 verfügbare KVM wünschen, dann buchen Sie bitte die '''&amp;quot;Permanent User&amp;quot;''' Option auf der EUserv Website. Die Bearbeitung des Auftrages ist in der Regel innerhalb von 24 - 48 h abgeschlossen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie erhalten nach Ihrer Buchung eine Mail vom EUserv Support mit den Zugangsdaten zur KVM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Infos über Tarife und Verfügbarkeit können Sie auch unter&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.euserv.de/produkte/server/optionen/kvm-serielle-konsole.php&lt;br /&gt;
einsehen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mit der KVM verbinden==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bitte geben Sie in der Adresszeile Ihres Browsers die IP-Adresse der KVM ein, und loggen Sie sich  anschließend mit den Zugangsdaten ein. Diese Daten finden Sie alle in der Support-Mail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nun sehen Sie folgenden Bildschirm vor sich, unten wird bereits eine Vorschau angezeigt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um mit der KVM interagieren zu können, müssen Sie die Konsole aufrufen. Bitte gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Console Redirection''' (siehe Bild 'Remote Control auswählen')&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro2.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
Remote Control auswählen')&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie nun auf den Button '''&amp;quot;Launch Console&amp;quot;'''. Jetzt öffnet sich ein neues Fenster, dass Ihnen die Videoausgabe Ihres Servers anzeigt und die Interaktion mittels Keyboard und Maus ermöglicht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie die KVM nicht mehr benötigen, loggen Sie sich bitte durch Klick auf '''&amp;quot;Logout&amp;quot;''' oben rechts aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro6.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==KVM Optionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Konfiguration der Maus===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da die IPMI-Schnittstelle der KVM plattformunabhängig aufgebaut ist, kann es nötig sein, die Erkennung der Maus zu konfigurieren, damit diese reibungslos funktioniert. Gehen Sie dazu auf '''Configuration --&amp;gt; Mouse Mode''' und wählen Sie im darauf folgenden Fenster die zu dem auf Ihrem PC installierten Betriebssystem passende Einstellung aus. Speichern Sie mit einem Klick auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro8.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einbinden von virtuellen Medien===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswählen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro-KVM besteht die Möglichkeit, auf einer Windows-Freigabe bzw. Samba-Server liegende CD-Images auf dem Host als USB-Gerät zu emulieren. Damit können Sie zum Beispiel ein Betriebssystem Ihrer Wahl installieren, das nicht in der Betriebssystemliste von EUserv vorhanden ist oder mit &amp;quot;exotischen&amp;quot; Betriebssystemen experimentieren. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein virtuelles Medium einzubinden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den Hostnamen bzw. die IP-Adresse des Freigabe-Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den Pfad zum Image ein. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''User''' einen Benutzernamen an (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Password''' ein Passwort an (optional). &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie danach das Boot-Medium aus. Wie Sie dieses auswählen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Anwendungsbeispiel | Anwendungsbeispiel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Anwendungsbeispiel =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf dem EUserv-Mirror-Server sind bereits einige ISO-Images hinterlegt. Nachfolgend zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie ein ISO-Image einbinden können (Hier anhand von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den folgenden Hostnamen ein: '''mirror.euserv.net'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den folgenden Pfad zum Image ein: '''\iso\linux\sles\SLES-11-SP3-DVD-x86_64-GM-DVD1.iso'''. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''User''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''Password''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual_Supermicro_KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Remote Control''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''Launch SOL''' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Launch SOL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste '''F11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie folgendes Boot-Medium aus: '''ATEN Virtual CDROM YS0J'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie sehen nun den Setup-Screen von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswerfen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Um das Image wieder auszuwerfen, wählen Sie '''Umount''' und Bestätigen dies mit mit einem Klick auf den Button '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das Feature &amp;quot;Power Control&amp;quot; ermöglicht Ihnen, den Server aus- bzw. einzuschalten oder neuzustarten. Gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Power Control'''. Sie können hier den derzeitigen Status Ihres Servers einsehen (z.B. &amp;quot;Host is currently on&amp;quot;). Sie haben nun folgende Möglichkeiten:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-color:rgb(230,230,230); background-color:white;&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;2px solid&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reset Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Führt einen Neustart durch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Immediate'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server umgehend ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Orderly Shutdown'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ordnungsgemäß ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power On Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ein&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Cycle Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ab und wieder ein&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Systemstatus auslesen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro KVM können Sie jederzeit die systemkritischen Werte Ihres Servers auslesen. Neben CPU-Temperatur, Systemtemperatur und Lüftergeschwindigkeit, werden hier u.a. auch zahlreiche Spannungswerte angezeigt. Die einzelnen Werte werden farbcodiert wiedergegeben (grün - orange - rot) und informieren so über den Status des Servers. Den Systemstatus finden Sie unter '''Server Health --&amp;gt; Sensor Readings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Konsolenoptionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KVM-Session aufzeichnen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um Ihre KVM-Sitzung aufzuzeichnen, können Videos (im AVI-Format) aufgenommen werden. Das Aufzeichnen eines Videos geschieht wie folgt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Record''' und anschließend auf '''Start Recording'''. Ein Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie den Speicherort für das Video angeben müssen. Ist dies geschehen, müssen Sie im nächsten Fenster noch die gewünschte Videoauflösung angeben. Die Aufzeichnung beginnt nun. Um diese zu beenden klicken Sie erneut auf '''Record''' und dann auf '''Stop Recording'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Macros===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die KVM erlaubt Ihnen auch, Tastaturkürzel (&amp;quot;Macros&amp;quot;) zu verwenden bzw. benutzerdefinierte Macros selbst zu erstellen. Klicken Sie dazu in der Konsole auf '''Macro'''. Hier können Sie beispielsweise festlegen, ob die Windows- oder Alt-Taste gedrückt gehalten werden soll. Das Submenü &amp;quot;Macro&amp;quot; bietet darüber hinaus gängige Tastatürkürzel wie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, welche so an den Server gesendet werden können.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weiterhin ist es möglich, sich bestimmte KVM-interne Befehle auf benutzerdefinierte Tasten zu legen. Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen das Macro &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; häufiger und wollen dies auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; legen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gehen Sie in der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Hotkey Settings''' und klicken Sie auf '''Start'''. Wählen Sie aus der '''action''' Spalte '''Send Ctrl+Alt+Del''' aus. Drücken Sie nun auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; und gehen auf '''Stop''' sowie anschließend auf '''Assign'''. Nach einem letzten Klick auf '''Close''' wird nun jedesmal beim Drücken von &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; innerhalb der Konsole ein &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; an den Server gesendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sprache ändern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die Anzeigesprache der KVM zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Preference --&amp;gt; Language Setting''' und wählen dort die gewünschte Sprache aus. Nachdem Sie mit '''OK''' bestätigt haben, wird die Anzeigesprache geändert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fullscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie eine bildschirmfüllende Anzeige der KVM wünschen, können Sie dies folgendermaßen erreichen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Full-Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Um in den normalen Modus zurückzukehren, führen Sie ihre Maus an den oberen Bildschirmrand und wählen dort '''Options --&amp;gt; Leave Full Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Für Linux-User==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie beim Starten der KVM-Konsole die Fehlermeldung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;no iKVM64 in java.library.path&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
erhalten sollten, können Sie dies folgendermaßen beheben:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wechseln Sie in Ihren Download-Ordner und suchen Sie die Datei &amp;quot;launch.jnlp&amp;quot;. Öffnen Sie diese Datei in einem Editor und suchen Sie den Eintrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;resources os=&amp;quot;Linux&amp;quot; arch=&amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;nativelib href=&amp;quot;liblinux_x86_64.jar&amp;quot; download=&amp;quot;eager&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1.0.3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entscheidend ist, dass Sie den korrekten Eintrag für Ihre Rechnerarchitektur ausfindig machen (in diesem Fall &amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot; für 64 Bit).&lt;br /&gt;
Fügen Sie nun zwischen '''&amp;lt;nativelib ... /&amp;gt;''' und '''&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;''' folgende Zeilen ein:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.packEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.versionEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speichern Sie die Datei, rechtsklicken darauf und öffnen diese z.B. in Ihrem Browser oder (wenn installiert) der &amp;quot;IcedTea Java Web Start&amp;quot; Anwendung o.ä.&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 15:32:10 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Manual_Supermicro_KVM</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Manual Supermicro KVM</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Mit der KVM verbinden */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kategorie:Virtualisierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Languages|Manual Supermicro KVM}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Supermicro-KVM'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supermicro-KVM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemeines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Servern mit OnBoard-KVM kommen die KVM/IPMI-Funktionen der in den Servern verbauten Supermicro - Servermainboards zum Einsatz. Das betrifft die Modell-Serien Prime64 2012 und teilweise Pro64 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die KVM für Ihren Server zu aktivieren, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte buchen Sie dafür einmalig die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; hinzu. Die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; können Sie direkt über einen Supportauftrag an den EUserv Support buchen. Dazu senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an: mailto:support@euserv.de&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Falls Sie eine 24/7 verfügbare KVM wünschen, dann buchen Sie bitte die '''&amp;quot;Permanent User&amp;quot;''' Option auf der EUserv Website. Die Bearbeitung des Auftrages ist in der Regel innerhalb von 24 - 48 h abgeschlossen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie erhalten nach Ihrer Buchung eine Mail vom EUserv Support mit den Zugangsdaten zur KVM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Infos über Tarife und Verfügbarkeit können Sie auch unter&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.euserv.de/produkte/server/optionen/kvm-serielle-konsole.php&lt;br /&gt;
einsehen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mit der KVM verbinden==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bitte geben Sie in der Adresszeile Ihres Browsers die IP-Adresse der KVM ein, und loggen Sie sich  anschließend mit den Zugangsdaten ein. Diese Daten finden Sie alle in der Support-Mail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nun sehen Sie folgenden Bildschirm vor sich, unten wird bereits eine Vorschau angezeigt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um mit der KVM interagieren zu können, müssen Sie die Konsole aufrufen. Bitte gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Console Redirection''':&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro2.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie nun auf den Button '''&amp;quot;Launch Console&amp;quot;'''. Jetzt öffnet sich ein neues Fenster, dass Ihnen die Videoausgabe Ihres Servers anzeigt und die Interaktion mittels Keyboard und Maus ermöglicht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie die KVM nicht mehr benötigen, loggen Sie sich bitte durch Klick auf '''&amp;quot;Logout&amp;quot;''' oben rechts aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro6.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==KVM Optionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Konfiguration der Maus===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da die IPMI-Schnittstelle der KVM plattformunabhängig aufgebaut ist, kann es nötig sein, die Erkennung der Maus zu konfigurieren, damit diese reibungslos funktioniert. Gehen Sie dazu auf '''Configuration --&amp;gt; Mouse Mode''' und wählen Sie im darauf folgenden Fenster die zu dem auf Ihrem PC installierten Betriebssystem passende Einstellung aus. Speichern Sie mit einem Klick auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro8.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einbinden von virtuellen Medien===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswählen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro-KVM besteht die Möglichkeit, auf einer Windows-Freigabe bzw. Samba-Server liegende CD-Images auf dem Host als USB-Gerät zu emulieren. Damit können Sie zum Beispiel ein Betriebssystem Ihrer Wahl installieren, das nicht in der Betriebssystemliste von EUserv vorhanden ist oder mit &amp;quot;exotischen&amp;quot; Betriebssystemen experimentieren. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein virtuelles Medium einzubinden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den Hostnamen bzw. die IP-Adresse des Freigabe-Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den Pfad zum Image ein. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''User''' einen Benutzernamen an (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Password''' ein Passwort an (optional). &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie danach das Boot-Medium aus. Wie Sie dieses auswählen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Anwendungsbeispiel | Anwendungsbeispiel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Anwendungsbeispiel =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf dem EUserv-Mirror-Server sind bereits einige ISO-Images hinterlegt. Nachfolgend zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie ein ISO-Image einbinden können (Hier anhand von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den folgenden Hostnamen ein: '''mirror.euserv.net'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den folgenden Pfad zum Image ein: '''\iso\linux\sles\SLES-11-SP3-DVD-x86_64-GM-DVD1.iso'''. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''User''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''Password''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual_Supermicro_KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Remote Control''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''Launch SOL''' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Launch SOL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste '''F11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie folgendes Boot-Medium aus: '''ATEN Virtual CDROM YS0J'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie sehen nun den Setup-Screen von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswerfen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Um das Image wieder auszuwerfen, wählen Sie '''Umount''' und Bestätigen dies mit mit einem Klick auf den Button '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das Feature &amp;quot;Power Control&amp;quot; ermöglicht Ihnen, den Server aus- bzw. einzuschalten oder neuzustarten. Gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Power Control'''. Sie können hier den derzeitigen Status Ihres Servers einsehen (z.B. &amp;quot;Host is currently on&amp;quot;). Sie haben nun folgende Möglichkeiten:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-color:rgb(230,230,230); background-color:white;&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;2px solid&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reset Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Führt einen Neustart durch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Immediate'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server umgehend ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Orderly Shutdown'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ordnungsgemäß ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power On Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ein&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Cycle Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ab und wieder ein&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Systemstatus auslesen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro KVM können Sie jederzeit die systemkritischen Werte Ihres Servers auslesen. Neben CPU-Temperatur, Systemtemperatur und Lüftergeschwindigkeit, werden hier u.a. auch zahlreiche Spannungswerte angezeigt. Die einzelnen Werte werden farbcodiert wiedergegeben (grün - orange - rot) und informieren so über den Status des Servers. Den Systemstatus finden Sie unter '''Server Health --&amp;gt; Sensor Readings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Konsolenoptionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KVM-Session aufzeichnen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um Ihre KVM-Sitzung aufzuzeichnen, können Videos (im AVI-Format) aufgenommen werden. Das Aufzeichnen eines Videos geschieht wie folgt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Record''' und anschließend auf '''Start Recording'''. Ein Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie den Speicherort für das Video angeben müssen. Ist dies geschehen, müssen Sie im nächsten Fenster noch die gewünschte Videoauflösung angeben. Die Aufzeichnung beginnt nun. Um diese zu beenden klicken Sie erneut auf '''Record''' und dann auf '''Stop Recording'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Macros===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die KVM erlaubt Ihnen auch, Tastaturkürzel (&amp;quot;Macros&amp;quot;) zu verwenden bzw. benutzerdefinierte Macros selbst zu erstellen. Klicken Sie dazu in der Konsole auf '''Macro'''. Hier können Sie beispielsweise festlegen, ob die Windows- oder Alt-Taste gedrückt gehalten werden soll. Das Submenü &amp;quot;Macro&amp;quot; bietet darüber hinaus gängige Tastatürkürzel wie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, welche so an den Server gesendet werden können.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weiterhin ist es möglich, sich bestimmte KVM-interne Befehle auf benutzerdefinierte Tasten zu legen. Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen das Macro &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; häufiger und wollen dies auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; legen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gehen Sie in der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Hotkey Settings''' und klicken Sie auf '''Start'''. Wählen Sie aus der '''action''' Spalte '''Send Ctrl+Alt+Del''' aus. Drücken Sie nun auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; und gehen auf '''Stop''' sowie anschließend auf '''Assign'''. Nach einem letzten Klick auf '''Close''' wird nun jedesmal beim Drücken von &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; innerhalb der Konsole ein &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; an den Server gesendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sprache ändern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die Anzeigesprache der KVM zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Preference --&amp;gt; Language Setting''' und wählen dort die gewünschte Sprache aus. Nachdem Sie mit '''OK''' bestätigt haben, wird die Anzeigesprache geändert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fullscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie eine bildschirmfüllende Anzeige der KVM wünschen, können Sie dies folgendermaßen erreichen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Full-Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Um in den normalen Modus zurückzukehren, führen Sie ihre Maus an den oberen Bildschirmrand und wählen dort '''Options --&amp;gt; Leave Full Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Für Linux-User==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie beim Starten der KVM-Konsole die Fehlermeldung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;no iKVM64 in java.library.path&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
erhalten sollten, können Sie dies folgendermaßen beheben:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wechseln Sie in Ihren Download-Ordner und suchen Sie die Datei &amp;quot;launch.jnlp&amp;quot;. Öffnen Sie diese Datei in einem Editor und suchen Sie den Eintrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;resources os=&amp;quot;Linux&amp;quot; arch=&amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;nativelib href=&amp;quot;liblinux_x86_64.jar&amp;quot; download=&amp;quot;eager&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1.0.3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entscheidend ist, dass Sie den korrekten Eintrag für Ihre Rechnerarchitektur ausfindig machen (in diesem Fall &amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot; für 64 Bit).&lt;br /&gt;
Fügen Sie nun zwischen '''&amp;lt;nativelib ... /&amp;gt;''' und '''&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;''' folgende Zeilen ein:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.packEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.versionEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speichern Sie die Datei, rechtsklicken darauf und öffnen diese z.B. in Ihrem Browser oder (wenn installiert) der &amp;quot;IcedTea Java Web Start&amp;quot; Anwendung o.ä.&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 15:31:20 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Manual_Supermicro_KVM</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Manual Supermicro KVM</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Mit der KVM verbinden */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kategorie:Virtualisierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Languages|Manual Supermicro KVM}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Supermicro-KVM'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supermicro-KVM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemeines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Servern mit OnBoard-KVM kommen die KVM/IPMI-Funktionen der in den Servern verbauten Supermicro - Servermainboards zum Einsatz. Das betrifft die Modell-Serien Prime64 2012 und teilweise Pro64 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die KVM für Ihren Server zu aktivieren, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte buchen Sie dafür einmalig die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; hinzu. Die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; können Sie direkt über einen Supportauftrag an den EUserv Support buchen. Dazu senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an: mailto:support@euserv.de&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Falls Sie eine 24/7 verfügbare KVM wünschen, dann buchen Sie bitte die '''&amp;quot;Permanent User&amp;quot;''' Option auf der EUserv Website. Die Bearbeitung des Auftrages ist in der Regel innerhalb von 24 - 48 h abgeschlossen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie erhalten nach Ihrer Buchung eine Mail vom EUserv Support mit den Zugangsdaten zur KVM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Infos über Tarife und Verfügbarkeit können Sie auch unter&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.euserv.de/produkte/server/optionen/kvm-serielle-konsole.php&lt;br /&gt;
einsehen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mit der KVM verbinden==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bitte geben Sie in der Adresszeile Ihres Browsers die IP-Adresse der KVM ein, und loggen Sie sich  anschließend mit den Zugangsdaten ein. Diese Daten finden Sie alle in der Support-Mail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nun sehen Sie folgenden Bildschirm vor sich, unten wird bereits eine Vorschau angezeigt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um mit der KVM interagieren zu können, müssen Sie die Konsole aufrufen, dazu gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Console Redirection''':&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro2.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie nun auf den Button '''&amp;quot;Launch Console&amp;quot;''' - Dies öffnet ein neues Fenster, dass Ihnen die Videoausgabe Ihres Servers anzeigt und die Interaktion mittels Keyboard und Maus ermöglicht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie die KVM nicht mehr benötigen, loggen Sie sich bitte durch Klick auf '''&amp;quot;Logout&amp;quot;''' oben rechts ab:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro6.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==KVM Optionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Konfiguration der Maus===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da die IPMI-Schnittstelle der KVM plattformunabhängig aufgebaut ist, kann es nötig sein, die Erkennung der Maus zu konfigurieren, damit diese reibungslos funktioniert. Gehen Sie dazu auf '''Configuration --&amp;gt; Mouse Mode''' und wählen Sie im darauf folgenden Fenster die zu dem auf Ihrem PC installierten Betriebssystem passende Einstellung aus. Speichern Sie mit einem Klick auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro8.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einbinden von virtuellen Medien===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswählen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro-KVM besteht die Möglichkeit, auf einer Windows-Freigabe bzw. Samba-Server liegende CD-Images auf dem Host als USB-Gerät zu emulieren. Damit können Sie zum Beispiel ein Betriebssystem Ihrer Wahl installieren, das nicht in der Betriebssystemliste von EUserv vorhanden ist oder mit &amp;quot;exotischen&amp;quot; Betriebssystemen experimentieren. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein virtuelles Medium einzubinden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den Hostnamen bzw. die IP-Adresse des Freigabe-Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den Pfad zum Image ein. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''User''' einen Benutzernamen an (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Password''' ein Passwort an (optional). &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie danach das Boot-Medium aus. Wie Sie dieses auswählen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Anwendungsbeispiel | Anwendungsbeispiel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Anwendungsbeispiel =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf dem EUserv-Mirror-Server sind bereits einige ISO-Images hinterlegt. Nachfolgend zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie ein ISO-Image einbinden können (Hier anhand von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den folgenden Hostnamen ein: '''mirror.euserv.net'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den folgenden Pfad zum Image ein: '''\iso\linux\sles\SLES-11-SP3-DVD-x86_64-GM-DVD1.iso'''. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''User''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''Password''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual_Supermicro_KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Remote Control''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''Launch SOL''' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Launch SOL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste '''F11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie folgendes Boot-Medium aus: '''ATEN Virtual CDROM YS0J'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie sehen nun den Setup-Screen von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswerfen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Um das Image wieder auszuwerfen, wählen Sie '''Umount''' und Bestätigen dies mit mit einem Klick auf den Button '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das Feature &amp;quot;Power Control&amp;quot; ermöglicht Ihnen, den Server aus- bzw. einzuschalten oder neuzustarten. Gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Power Control'''. Sie können hier den derzeitigen Status Ihres Servers einsehen (z.B. &amp;quot;Host is currently on&amp;quot;). Sie haben nun folgende Möglichkeiten:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-color:rgb(230,230,230); background-color:white;&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;2px solid&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reset Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Führt einen Neustart durch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Immediate'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server umgehend ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Orderly Shutdown'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ordnungsgemäß ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power On Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ein&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Cycle Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ab und wieder ein&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Systemstatus auslesen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro KVM können Sie jederzeit die systemkritischen Werte Ihres Servers auslesen. Neben CPU-Temperatur, Systemtemperatur und Lüftergeschwindigkeit, werden hier u.a. auch zahlreiche Spannungswerte angezeigt. Die einzelnen Werte werden farbcodiert wiedergegeben (grün - orange - rot) und informieren so über den Status des Servers. Den Systemstatus finden Sie unter '''Server Health --&amp;gt; Sensor Readings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Konsolenoptionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KVM-Session aufzeichnen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um Ihre KVM-Sitzung aufzuzeichnen, können Videos (im AVI-Format) aufgenommen werden. Das Aufzeichnen eines Videos geschieht wie folgt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Record''' und anschließend auf '''Start Recording'''. Ein Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie den Speicherort für das Video angeben müssen. Ist dies geschehen, müssen Sie im nächsten Fenster noch die gewünschte Videoauflösung angeben. Die Aufzeichnung beginnt nun. Um diese zu beenden klicken Sie erneut auf '''Record''' und dann auf '''Stop Recording'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Macros===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die KVM erlaubt Ihnen auch, Tastaturkürzel (&amp;quot;Macros&amp;quot;) zu verwenden bzw. benutzerdefinierte Macros selbst zu erstellen. Klicken Sie dazu in der Konsole auf '''Macro'''. Hier können Sie beispielsweise festlegen, ob die Windows- oder Alt-Taste gedrückt gehalten werden soll. Das Submenü &amp;quot;Macro&amp;quot; bietet darüber hinaus gängige Tastatürkürzel wie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, welche so an den Server gesendet werden können.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weiterhin ist es möglich, sich bestimmte KVM-interne Befehle auf benutzerdefinierte Tasten zu legen. Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen das Macro &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; häufiger und wollen dies auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; legen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gehen Sie in der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Hotkey Settings''' und klicken Sie auf '''Start'''. Wählen Sie aus der '''action''' Spalte '''Send Ctrl+Alt+Del''' aus. Drücken Sie nun auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; und gehen auf '''Stop''' sowie anschließend auf '''Assign'''. Nach einem letzten Klick auf '''Close''' wird nun jedesmal beim Drücken von &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; innerhalb der Konsole ein &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; an den Server gesendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sprache ändern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die Anzeigesprache der KVM zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Preference --&amp;gt; Language Setting''' und wählen dort die gewünschte Sprache aus. Nachdem Sie mit '''OK''' bestätigt haben, wird die Anzeigesprache geändert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fullscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie eine bildschirmfüllende Anzeige der KVM wünschen, können Sie dies folgendermaßen erreichen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Full-Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Um in den normalen Modus zurückzukehren, führen Sie ihre Maus an den oberen Bildschirmrand und wählen dort '''Options --&amp;gt; Leave Full Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Für Linux-User==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie beim Starten der KVM-Konsole die Fehlermeldung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;no iKVM64 in java.library.path&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
erhalten sollten, können Sie dies folgendermaßen beheben:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wechseln Sie in Ihren Download-Ordner und suchen Sie die Datei &amp;quot;launch.jnlp&amp;quot;. Öffnen Sie diese Datei in einem Editor und suchen Sie den Eintrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;resources os=&amp;quot;Linux&amp;quot; arch=&amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;nativelib href=&amp;quot;liblinux_x86_64.jar&amp;quot; download=&amp;quot;eager&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1.0.3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entscheidend ist, dass Sie den korrekten Eintrag für Ihre Rechnerarchitektur ausfindig machen (in diesem Fall &amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot; für 64 Bit).&lt;br /&gt;
Fügen Sie nun zwischen '''&amp;lt;nativelib ... /&amp;gt;''' und '''&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;''' folgende Zeilen ein:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.packEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.versionEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speichern Sie die Datei, rechtsklicken darauf und öffnen diese z.B. in Ihrem Browser oder (wenn installiert) der &amp;quot;IcedTea Java Web Start&amp;quot; Anwendung o.ä.&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 15:29:41 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Manual_Supermicro_KVM</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Manual Supermicro KVM</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Mit der KVM verbinden */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kategorie:Virtualisierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Languages|Manual Supermicro KVM}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Supermicro-KVM'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supermicro-KVM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemeines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Servern mit OnBoard-KVM kommen die KVM/IPMI-Funktionen der in den Servern verbauten Supermicro - Servermainboards zum Einsatz. Das betrifft die Modell-Serien Prime64 2012 und teilweise Pro64 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die KVM für Ihren Server zu aktivieren, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte buchen Sie dafür einmalig die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; hinzu. Die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; können Sie direkt über einen Supportauftrag an den EUserv Support buchen. Dazu senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an: mailto:support@euserv.de&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Falls Sie eine 24/7 verfügbare KVM wünschen, dann buchen Sie bitte die '''&amp;quot;Permanent User&amp;quot;''' Option auf der EUserv Website. Die Bearbeitung des Auftrages ist in der Regel innerhalb von 24 - 48 h abgeschlossen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie erhalten nach Ihrer Buchung eine Mail vom EUserv Support mit den Zugangsdaten zur KVM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Infos über Tarife und Verfügbarkeit können Sie auch unter&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.euserv.de/produkte/server/optionen/kvm-serielle-konsole.php&lt;br /&gt;
einsehen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mit der KVM verbinden==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bitte geben Sie in der Adresszeile Ihres Browsers die IP-Adresse der KVM ein, und loggen Sie sich  anschließend mit den Zugangsdaten ein. Diese Daten finden Sie alle in der Support-Mail. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie sehen nun folgenden Bildschirm, unten wird bereits eine Vorschau angezeigt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um mit der KVM interagieren zu können, müssen Sie die Konsole aufrufen, dazu gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Console Redirection''':&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro2.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie nun auf den Button '''&amp;quot;Launch Console&amp;quot;''' - Dies öffnet ein neues Fenster, dass Ihnen die Videoausgabe Ihres Servers anzeigt und die Interaktion mittels Keyboard und Maus ermöglicht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie die KVM nicht mehr benötigen, loggen Sie sich bitte durch Klick auf '''&amp;quot;Logout&amp;quot;''' oben rechts ab:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro6.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==KVM Optionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Konfiguration der Maus===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da die IPMI-Schnittstelle der KVM plattformunabhängig aufgebaut ist, kann es nötig sein, die Erkennung der Maus zu konfigurieren, damit diese reibungslos funktioniert. Gehen Sie dazu auf '''Configuration --&amp;gt; Mouse Mode''' und wählen Sie im darauf folgenden Fenster die zu dem auf Ihrem PC installierten Betriebssystem passende Einstellung aus. Speichern Sie mit einem Klick auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro8.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einbinden von virtuellen Medien===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswählen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro-KVM besteht die Möglichkeit, auf einer Windows-Freigabe bzw. Samba-Server liegende CD-Images auf dem Host als USB-Gerät zu emulieren. Damit können Sie zum Beispiel ein Betriebssystem Ihrer Wahl installieren, das nicht in der Betriebssystemliste von EUserv vorhanden ist oder mit &amp;quot;exotischen&amp;quot; Betriebssystemen experimentieren. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein virtuelles Medium einzubinden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den Hostnamen bzw. die IP-Adresse des Freigabe-Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den Pfad zum Image ein. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''User''' einen Benutzernamen an (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Password''' ein Passwort an (optional). &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie danach das Boot-Medium aus. Wie Sie dieses auswählen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Anwendungsbeispiel | Anwendungsbeispiel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Anwendungsbeispiel =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf dem EUserv-Mirror-Server sind bereits einige ISO-Images hinterlegt. Nachfolgend zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie ein ISO-Image einbinden können (Hier anhand von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den folgenden Hostnamen ein: '''mirror.euserv.net'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den folgenden Pfad zum Image ein: '''\iso\linux\sles\SLES-11-SP3-DVD-x86_64-GM-DVD1.iso'''. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''User''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''Password''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual_Supermicro_KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Remote Control''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''Launch SOL''' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Launch SOL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste '''F11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie folgendes Boot-Medium aus: '''ATEN Virtual CDROM YS0J'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie sehen nun den Setup-Screen von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswerfen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Um das Image wieder auszuwerfen, wählen Sie '''Umount''' und Bestätigen dies mit mit einem Klick auf den Button '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das Feature &amp;quot;Power Control&amp;quot; ermöglicht Ihnen, den Server aus- bzw. einzuschalten oder neuzustarten. Gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Power Control'''. Sie können hier den derzeitigen Status Ihres Servers einsehen (z.B. &amp;quot;Host is currently on&amp;quot;). Sie haben nun folgende Möglichkeiten:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-color:rgb(230,230,230); background-color:white;&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;2px solid&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reset Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Führt einen Neustart durch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Immediate'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server umgehend ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Orderly Shutdown'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ordnungsgemäß ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power On Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ein&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Cycle Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ab und wieder ein&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Systemstatus auslesen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro KVM können Sie jederzeit die systemkritischen Werte Ihres Servers auslesen. Neben CPU-Temperatur, Systemtemperatur und Lüftergeschwindigkeit, werden hier u.a. auch zahlreiche Spannungswerte angezeigt. Die einzelnen Werte werden farbcodiert wiedergegeben (grün - orange - rot) und informieren so über den Status des Servers. Den Systemstatus finden Sie unter '''Server Health --&amp;gt; Sensor Readings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Konsolenoptionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KVM-Session aufzeichnen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um Ihre KVM-Sitzung aufzuzeichnen, können Videos (im AVI-Format) aufgenommen werden. Das Aufzeichnen eines Videos geschieht wie folgt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Record''' und anschließend auf '''Start Recording'''. Ein Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie den Speicherort für das Video angeben müssen. Ist dies geschehen, müssen Sie im nächsten Fenster noch die gewünschte Videoauflösung angeben. Die Aufzeichnung beginnt nun. Um diese zu beenden klicken Sie erneut auf '''Record''' und dann auf '''Stop Recording'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Macros===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die KVM erlaubt Ihnen auch, Tastaturkürzel (&amp;quot;Macros&amp;quot;) zu verwenden bzw. benutzerdefinierte Macros selbst zu erstellen. Klicken Sie dazu in der Konsole auf '''Macro'''. Hier können Sie beispielsweise festlegen, ob die Windows- oder Alt-Taste gedrückt gehalten werden soll. Das Submenü &amp;quot;Macro&amp;quot; bietet darüber hinaus gängige Tastatürkürzel wie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, welche so an den Server gesendet werden können.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weiterhin ist es möglich, sich bestimmte KVM-interne Befehle auf benutzerdefinierte Tasten zu legen. Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen das Macro &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; häufiger und wollen dies auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; legen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gehen Sie in der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Hotkey Settings''' und klicken Sie auf '''Start'''. Wählen Sie aus der '''action''' Spalte '''Send Ctrl+Alt+Del''' aus. Drücken Sie nun auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; und gehen auf '''Stop''' sowie anschließend auf '''Assign'''. Nach einem letzten Klick auf '''Close''' wird nun jedesmal beim Drücken von &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; innerhalb der Konsole ein &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; an den Server gesendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sprache ändern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die Anzeigesprache der KVM zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Preference --&amp;gt; Language Setting''' und wählen dort die gewünschte Sprache aus. Nachdem Sie mit '''OK''' bestätigt haben, wird die Anzeigesprache geändert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fullscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie eine bildschirmfüllende Anzeige der KVM wünschen, können Sie dies folgendermaßen erreichen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Full-Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Um in den normalen Modus zurückzukehren, führen Sie ihre Maus an den oberen Bildschirmrand und wählen dort '''Options --&amp;gt; Leave Full Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Für Linux-User==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie beim Starten der KVM-Konsole die Fehlermeldung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;no iKVM64 in java.library.path&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
erhalten sollten, können Sie dies folgendermaßen beheben:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wechseln Sie in Ihren Download-Ordner und suchen Sie die Datei &amp;quot;launch.jnlp&amp;quot;. Öffnen Sie diese Datei in einem Editor und suchen Sie den Eintrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;resources os=&amp;quot;Linux&amp;quot; arch=&amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;nativelib href=&amp;quot;liblinux_x86_64.jar&amp;quot; download=&amp;quot;eager&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1.0.3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entscheidend ist, dass Sie den korrekten Eintrag für Ihre Rechnerarchitektur ausfindig machen (in diesem Fall &amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot; für 64 Bit).&lt;br /&gt;
Fügen Sie nun zwischen '''&amp;lt;nativelib ... /&amp;gt;''' und '''&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;''' folgende Zeilen ein:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.packEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.versionEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speichern Sie die Datei, rechtsklicken darauf und öffnen diese z.B. in Ihrem Browser oder (wenn installiert) der &amp;quot;IcedTea Java Web Start&amp;quot; Anwendung o.ä.&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 15:27:32 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Manual_Supermicro_KVM</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Manual Supermicro KVM</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Allgemeines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kategorie:Virtualisierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Languages|Manual Supermicro KVM}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Supermicro-KVM'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supermicro-KVM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemeines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Servern mit OnBoard-KVM kommen die KVM/IPMI-Funktionen der in den Servern verbauten Supermicro - Servermainboards zum Einsatz. Das betrifft die Modell-Serien Prime64 2012 und teilweise Pro64 2012.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die KVM für Ihren Server zu aktivieren, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte buchen Sie dafür einmalig die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; hinzu. Die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; können Sie direkt über einen Supportauftrag an den EUserv Support buchen. Dazu senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an: mailto:support@euserv.de&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Falls Sie eine 24/7 verfügbare KVM wünschen, dann buchen Sie bitte die '''&amp;quot;Permanent User&amp;quot;''' Option auf der EUserv Website. Die Bearbeitung des Auftrages ist in der Regel innerhalb von 24 - 48 h abgeschlossen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie erhalten nach Ihrer Buchung eine Mail vom EUserv Support mit den Zugangsdaten zur KVM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Infos über Tarife und Verfügbarkeit können Sie auch unter&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.euserv.de/produkte/server/optionen/kvm-serielle-konsole.php&lt;br /&gt;
einsehen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mit der KVM verbinden==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geben Sie in der Adresszeile Ihres Browsers die IP-Adresse der KVM ein, und loggen Sie sich anschließend mit den Zugangsdaten ein. Diese Daten finden Sie in der Support-Mail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie sehen nun folgenden Bildschirm, unten wird bereits eine Vorschau angezeigt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um mit der KVM interagieren zu können, müssen Sie die Konsole aufrufen, dazu gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Console Redirection''':&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro2.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie nun auf den Button '''&amp;quot;Launch Console&amp;quot;''' - Dies öffnet ein neues Fenster, dass Ihnen die Videoausgabe Ihres Servers anzeigt und die Interaktion mittels Keyboard und Maus ermöglicht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie die KVM nicht mehr benötigen, loggen Sie sich bitte durch Klick auf '''&amp;quot;Logout&amp;quot;''' oben rechts ab:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro6.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==KVM Optionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Konfiguration der Maus===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da die IPMI-Schnittstelle der KVM plattformunabhängig aufgebaut ist, kann es nötig sein, die Erkennung der Maus zu konfigurieren, damit diese reibungslos funktioniert. Gehen Sie dazu auf '''Configuration --&amp;gt; Mouse Mode''' und wählen Sie im darauf folgenden Fenster die zu dem auf Ihrem PC installierten Betriebssystem passende Einstellung aus. Speichern Sie mit einem Klick auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro8.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einbinden von virtuellen Medien===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswählen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro-KVM besteht die Möglichkeit, auf einer Windows-Freigabe bzw. Samba-Server liegende CD-Images auf dem Host als USB-Gerät zu emulieren. Damit können Sie zum Beispiel ein Betriebssystem Ihrer Wahl installieren, das nicht in der Betriebssystemliste von EUserv vorhanden ist oder mit &amp;quot;exotischen&amp;quot; Betriebssystemen experimentieren. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein virtuelles Medium einzubinden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den Hostnamen bzw. die IP-Adresse des Freigabe-Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den Pfad zum Image ein. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''User''' einen Benutzernamen an (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Password''' ein Passwort an (optional). &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie danach das Boot-Medium aus. Wie Sie dieses auswählen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Anwendungsbeispiel | Anwendungsbeispiel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Anwendungsbeispiel =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf dem EUserv-Mirror-Server sind bereits einige ISO-Images hinterlegt. Nachfolgend zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie ein ISO-Image einbinden können (Hier anhand von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den folgenden Hostnamen ein: '''mirror.euserv.net'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den folgenden Pfad zum Image ein: '''\iso\linux\sles\SLES-11-SP3-DVD-x86_64-GM-DVD1.iso'''. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''User''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''Password''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual_Supermicro_KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Remote Control''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''Launch SOL''' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Launch SOL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste '''F11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie folgendes Boot-Medium aus: '''ATEN Virtual CDROM YS0J'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie sehen nun den Setup-Screen von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswerfen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Um das Image wieder auszuwerfen, wählen Sie '''Umount''' und Bestätigen dies mit mit einem Klick auf den Button '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das Feature &amp;quot;Power Control&amp;quot; ermöglicht Ihnen, den Server aus- bzw. einzuschalten oder neuzustarten. Gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Power Control'''. Sie können hier den derzeitigen Status Ihres Servers einsehen (z.B. &amp;quot;Host is currently on&amp;quot;). Sie haben nun folgende Möglichkeiten:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-color:rgb(230,230,230); background-color:white;&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;2px solid&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reset Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Führt einen Neustart durch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Immediate'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server umgehend ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Orderly Shutdown'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ordnungsgemäß ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power On Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ein&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Cycle Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ab und wieder ein&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Systemstatus auslesen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro KVM können Sie jederzeit die systemkritischen Werte Ihres Servers auslesen. Neben CPU-Temperatur, Systemtemperatur und Lüftergeschwindigkeit, werden hier u.a. auch zahlreiche Spannungswerte angezeigt. Die einzelnen Werte werden farbcodiert wiedergegeben (grün - orange - rot) und informieren so über den Status des Servers. Den Systemstatus finden Sie unter '''Server Health --&amp;gt; Sensor Readings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Konsolenoptionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KVM-Session aufzeichnen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um Ihre KVM-Sitzung aufzuzeichnen, können Videos (im AVI-Format) aufgenommen werden. Das Aufzeichnen eines Videos geschieht wie folgt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Record''' und anschließend auf '''Start Recording'''. Ein Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie den Speicherort für das Video angeben müssen. Ist dies geschehen, müssen Sie im nächsten Fenster noch die gewünschte Videoauflösung angeben. Die Aufzeichnung beginnt nun. Um diese zu beenden klicken Sie erneut auf '''Record''' und dann auf '''Stop Recording'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Macros===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die KVM erlaubt Ihnen auch, Tastaturkürzel (&amp;quot;Macros&amp;quot;) zu verwenden bzw. benutzerdefinierte Macros selbst zu erstellen. Klicken Sie dazu in der Konsole auf '''Macro'''. Hier können Sie beispielsweise festlegen, ob die Windows- oder Alt-Taste gedrückt gehalten werden soll. Das Submenü &amp;quot;Macro&amp;quot; bietet darüber hinaus gängige Tastatürkürzel wie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, welche so an den Server gesendet werden können.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weiterhin ist es möglich, sich bestimmte KVM-interne Befehle auf benutzerdefinierte Tasten zu legen. Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen das Macro &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; häufiger und wollen dies auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; legen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gehen Sie in der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Hotkey Settings''' und klicken Sie auf '''Start'''. Wählen Sie aus der '''action''' Spalte '''Send Ctrl+Alt+Del''' aus. Drücken Sie nun auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; und gehen auf '''Stop''' sowie anschließend auf '''Assign'''. Nach einem letzten Klick auf '''Close''' wird nun jedesmal beim Drücken von &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; innerhalb der Konsole ein &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; an den Server gesendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sprache ändern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die Anzeigesprache der KVM zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Preference --&amp;gt; Language Setting''' und wählen dort die gewünschte Sprache aus. Nachdem Sie mit '''OK''' bestätigt haben, wird die Anzeigesprache geändert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fullscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie eine bildschirmfüllende Anzeige der KVM wünschen, können Sie dies folgendermaßen erreichen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Full-Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Um in den normalen Modus zurückzukehren, führen Sie ihre Maus an den oberen Bildschirmrand und wählen dort '''Options --&amp;gt; Leave Full Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Für Linux-User==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie beim Starten der KVM-Konsole die Fehlermeldung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;no iKVM64 in java.library.path&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
erhalten sollten, können Sie dies folgendermaßen beheben:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wechseln Sie in Ihren Download-Ordner und suchen Sie die Datei &amp;quot;launch.jnlp&amp;quot;. Öffnen Sie diese Datei in einem Editor und suchen Sie den Eintrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;resources os=&amp;quot;Linux&amp;quot; arch=&amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;nativelib href=&amp;quot;liblinux_x86_64.jar&amp;quot; download=&amp;quot;eager&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1.0.3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entscheidend ist, dass Sie den korrekten Eintrag für Ihre Rechnerarchitektur ausfindig machen (in diesem Fall &amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot; für 64 Bit).&lt;br /&gt;
Fügen Sie nun zwischen '''&amp;lt;nativelib ... /&amp;gt;''' und '''&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;''' folgende Zeilen ein:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.packEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.versionEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speichern Sie die Datei, rechtsklicken darauf und öffnen diese z.B. in Ihrem Browser oder (wenn installiert) der &amp;quot;IcedTea Java Web Start&amp;quot; Anwendung o.ä.&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 15:24:44 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Manual_Supermicro_KVM</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Manual Supermicro KVM</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Allgemeines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kategorie:Virtualisierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Languages|Manual Supermicro KVM}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Supermicro-KVM'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supermicro-KVM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemeines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Servern mit OnBoard-KVM kommen die KVM/IPMI-Funktionen der in den Servern verbauten Supermicro - Servermainboards zum Einsatz. Das betrifft die Modell-Serien Prime64 2012 und teilweise Pro64 2012.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Um die KVM für Ihren Server zu aktivieren, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte buchen Sie dafür einmalig die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; hinzu. Die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; können Sie direkt über einen Supportauftrag an den EUserv Support buchen. Dazu senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an: mailto:support@euserv.de&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Falls Sie eine 24/7 verfügbare KVM wünschen, dann buchen Sie bitte die '''&amp;quot;Permanent User&amp;quot;''' Option auf der EUserv Website. Die Bearbeitung des Auftrages ist in der Regel innerhalb von 24 - 48 h abgeschlossen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie erhalten nach Ihrer Buchung eine Mail vom EUserv Support mit den Zugangsdaten zur KVM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Infos über Tarife und Verfügbarkeit können Sie auch unter&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.euserv.de/produkte/server/optionen/kvm-serielle-konsole.php&lt;br /&gt;
einsehen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mit der KVM verbinden==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geben Sie in der Adresszeile Ihres Browsers die IP-Adresse der KVM ein, und loggen Sie sich anschließend mit den Zugangsdaten ein. Diese Daten finden Sie in der Support-Mail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie sehen nun folgenden Bildschirm, unten wird bereits eine Vorschau angezeigt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um mit der KVM interagieren zu können, müssen Sie die Konsole aufrufen, dazu gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Console Redirection''':&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro2.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie nun auf den Button '''&amp;quot;Launch Console&amp;quot;''' - Dies öffnet ein neues Fenster, dass Ihnen die Videoausgabe Ihres Servers anzeigt und die Interaktion mittels Keyboard und Maus ermöglicht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie die KVM nicht mehr benötigen, loggen Sie sich bitte durch Klick auf '''&amp;quot;Logout&amp;quot;''' oben rechts ab:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro6.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==KVM Optionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Konfiguration der Maus===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da die IPMI-Schnittstelle der KVM plattformunabhängig aufgebaut ist, kann es nötig sein, die Erkennung der Maus zu konfigurieren, damit diese reibungslos funktioniert. Gehen Sie dazu auf '''Configuration --&amp;gt; Mouse Mode''' und wählen Sie im darauf folgenden Fenster die zu dem auf Ihrem PC installierten Betriebssystem passende Einstellung aus. Speichern Sie mit einem Klick auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro8.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einbinden von virtuellen Medien===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswählen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro-KVM besteht die Möglichkeit, auf einer Windows-Freigabe bzw. Samba-Server liegende CD-Images auf dem Host als USB-Gerät zu emulieren. Damit können Sie zum Beispiel ein Betriebssystem Ihrer Wahl installieren, das nicht in der Betriebssystemliste von EUserv vorhanden ist oder mit &amp;quot;exotischen&amp;quot; Betriebssystemen experimentieren. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein virtuelles Medium einzubinden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den Hostnamen bzw. die IP-Adresse des Freigabe-Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den Pfad zum Image ein. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''User''' einen Benutzernamen an (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Password''' ein Passwort an (optional). &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie danach das Boot-Medium aus. Wie Sie dieses auswählen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Anwendungsbeispiel | Anwendungsbeispiel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Anwendungsbeispiel =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf dem EUserv-Mirror-Server sind bereits einige ISO-Images hinterlegt. Nachfolgend zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie ein ISO-Image einbinden können (Hier anhand von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den folgenden Hostnamen ein: '''mirror.euserv.net'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den folgenden Pfad zum Image ein: '''\iso\linux\sles\SLES-11-SP3-DVD-x86_64-GM-DVD1.iso'''. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''User''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''Password''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual_Supermicro_KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Remote Control''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''Launch SOL''' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Launch SOL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste '''F11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie folgendes Boot-Medium aus: '''ATEN Virtual CDROM YS0J'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie sehen nun den Setup-Screen von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswerfen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Um das Image wieder auszuwerfen, wählen Sie '''Umount''' und Bestätigen dies mit mit einem Klick auf den Button '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das Feature &amp;quot;Power Control&amp;quot; ermöglicht Ihnen, den Server aus- bzw. einzuschalten oder neuzustarten. Gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Power Control'''. Sie können hier den derzeitigen Status Ihres Servers einsehen (z.B. &amp;quot;Host is currently on&amp;quot;). Sie haben nun folgende Möglichkeiten:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-color:rgb(230,230,230); background-color:white;&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;2px solid&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reset Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Führt einen Neustart durch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Immediate'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server umgehend ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Orderly Shutdown'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ordnungsgemäß ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power On Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ein&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Cycle Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ab und wieder ein&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Systemstatus auslesen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro KVM können Sie jederzeit die systemkritischen Werte Ihres Servers auslesen. Neben CPU-Temperatur, Systemtemperatur und Lüftergeschwindigkeit, werden hier u.a. auch zahlreiche Spannungswerte angezeigt. Die einzelnen Werte werden farbcodiert wiedergegeben (grün - orange - rot) und informieren so über den Status des Servers. Den Systemstatus finden Sie unter '''Server Health --&amp;gt; Sensor Readings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Konsolenoptionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KVM-Session aufzeichnen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um Ihre KVM-Sitzung aufzuzeichnen, können Videos (im AVI-Format) aufgenommen werden. Das Aufzeichnen eines Videos geschieht wie folgt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Record''' und anschließend auf '''Start Recording'''. Ein Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie den Speicherort für das Video angeben müssen. Ist dies geschehen, müssen Sie im nächsten Fenster noch die gewünschte Videoauflösung angeben. Die Aufzeichnung beginnt nun. Um diese zu beenden klicken Sie erneut auf '''Record''' und dann auf '''Stop Recording'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Macros===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die KVM erlaubt Ihnen auch, Tastaturkürzel (&amp;quot;Macros&amp;quot;) zu verwenden bzw. benutzerdefinierte Macros selbst zu erstellen. Klicken Sie dazu in der Konsole auf '''Macro'''. Hier können Sie beispielsweise festlegen, ob die Windows- oder Alt-Taste gedrückt gehalten werden soll. Das Submenü &amp;quot;Macro&amp;quot; bietet darüber hinaus gängige Tastatürkürzel wie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, welche so an den Server gesendet werden können.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weiterhin ist es möglich, sich bestimmte KVM-interne Befehle auf benutzerdefinierte Tasten zu legen. Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen das Macro &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; häufiger und wollen dies auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; legen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gehen Sie in der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Hotkey Settings''' und klicken Sie auf '''Start'''. Wählen Sie aus der '''action''' Spalte '''Send Ctrl+Alt+Del''' aus. Drücken Sie nun auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; und gehen auf '''Stop''' sowie anschließend auf '''Assign'''. Nach einem letzten Klick auf '''Close''' wird nun jedesmal beim Drücken von &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; innerhalb der Konsole ein &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; an den Server gesendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sprache ändern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die Anzeigesprache der KVM zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Preference --&amp;gt; Language Setting''' und wählen dort die gewünschte Sprache aus. Nachdem Sie mit '''OK''' bestätigt haben, wird die Anzeigesprache geändert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fullscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie eine bildschirmfüllende Anzeige der KVM wünschen, können Sie dies folgendermaßen erreichen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Full-Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Um in den normalen Modus zurückzukehren, führen Sie ihre Maus an den oberen Bildschirmrand und wählen dort '''Options --&amp;gt; Leave Full Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Für Linux-User==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie beim Starten der KVM-Konsole die Fehlermeldung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;no iKVM64 in java.library.path&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
erhalten sollten, können Sie dies folgendermaßen beheben:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wechseln Sie in Ihren Download-Ordner und suchen Sie die Datei &amp;quot;launch.jnlp&amp;quot;. Öffnen Sie diese Datei in einem Editor und suchen Sie den Eintrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;resources os=&amp;quot;Linux&amp;quot; arch=&amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;nativelib href=&amp;quot;liblinux_x86_64.jar&amp;quot; download=&amp;quot;eager&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1.0.3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entscheidend ist, dass Sie den korrekten Eintrag für Ihre Rechnerarchitektur ausfindig machen (in diesem Fall &amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot; für 64 Bit).&lt;br /&gt;
Fügen Sie nun zwischen '''&amp;lt;nativelib ... /&amp;gt;''' und '''&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;''' folgende Zeilen ein:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.packEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.versionEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speichern Sie die Datei, rechtsklicken darauf und öffnen diese z.B. in Ihrem Browser oder (wenn installiert) der &amp;quot;IcedTea Java Web Start&amp;quot; Anwendung o.ä.&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 15:24:27 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Manual_Supermicro_KVM</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Manual Supermicro KVM</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Manual_Supermicro_KVM</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Allgemeines */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Kategorie:Virtualisierung]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Languages|Manual Supermicro KVM}}&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Supermicro-KVM'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supermicro-KVM'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Allgemeines ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei Servern mit OnBoard-KVM kommen die KVM/IPMI-Funktionen der in den Servern verbauten Supermicro - Servermainboards zum Einsatz. Das betrifft die Modell-Serien Prime64 2012 und teilweise Pro64 2012.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Um die KVM für Ihren Server zu aktivieren, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte buchen Sie dafür einmalig die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; hinzu. Die &amp;quot;Professional Option&amp;quot; können Sie direkt über einen Supportauftrag an den EUserv Support buchen. Dazu senden Sie bitte eine E-Mail an: [ mailto:support@euserv.de ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Falls Sie eine 24/7 verfügbare KVM wünschen, dann buchen Sie bitte die '''&amp;quot;Permanent User&amp;quot;''' Option auf der EUserv Website. Die Bearbeitung des Auftrages ist in der Regel innerhalb von 24 - 48 h abgeschlossen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie erhalten nach Ihrer Buchung eine Mail vom EUserv Support mit den Zugangsdaten zur KVM.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weitere Infos über Tarife und Verfügbarkeit können Sie auch unter&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.euserv.de/produkte/server/optionen/kvm-serielle-konsole.php&lt;br /&gt;
einsehen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mit der KVM verbinden==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Geben Sie in der Adresszeile Ihres Browsers die IP-Adresse der KVM ein, und loggen Sie sich anschließend mit den Zugangsdaten ein. Diese Daten finden Sie in der Support-Mail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie sehen nun folgenden Bildschirm, unten wird bereits eine Vorschau angezeigt:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro1.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um mit der KVM interagieren zu können, müssen Sie die Konsole aufrufen, dazu gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Console Redirection''':&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro2.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie nun auf den Button '''&amp;quot;Launch Console&amp;quot;''' - Dies öffnet ein neues Fenster, dass Ihnen die Videoausgabe Ihres Servers anzeigt und die Interaktion mittels Keyboard und Maus ermöglicht.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie die KVM nicht mehr benötigen, loggen Sie sich bitte durch Klick auf '''&amp;quot;Logout&amp;quot;''' oben rechts ab:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro6.png|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==KVM Optionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Konfiguration der Maus===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Da die IPMI-Schnittstelle der KVM plattformunabhängig aufgebaut ist, kann es nötig sein, die Erkennung der Maus zu konfigurieren, damit diese reibungslos funktioniert. Gehen Sie dazu auf '''Configuration --&amp;gt; Mouse Mode''' und wählen Sie im darauf folgenden Fenster die zu dem auf Ihrem PC installierten Betriebssystem passende Einstellung aus. Speichern Sie mit einem Klick auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro8.png|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Einbinden von virtuellen Medien===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswählen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro-KVM besteht die Möglichkeit, auf einer Windows-Freigabe bzw. Samba-Server liegende CD-Images auf dem Host als USB-Gerät zu emulieren. Damit können Sie zum Beispiel ein Betriebssystem Ihrer Wahl installieren, das nicht in der Betriebssystemliste von EUserv vorhanden ist oder mit &amp;quot;exotischen&amp;quot; Betriebssystemen experimentieren. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Um ein virtuelles Medium einzubinden, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den Hostnamen bzw. die IP-Adresse des Freigabe-Servers ein.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den Pfad zum Image ein. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''User''' einen Benutzernamen an (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Password''' ein Passwort an (optional). &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_1.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie danach das Boot-Medium aus. Wie Sie dieses auswählen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual Supermicro KVM#Anwendungsbeispiel | Anwendungsbeispiel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Anwendungsbeispiel =====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf dem EUserv-Mirror-Server sind bereits einige ISO-Images hinterlegt. Nachfolgend zeigen wir Ihnen, wie Sie ein ISO-Image einbinden können (Hier anhand von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Virtual Media''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''CD-Rom Image''' aus:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:micro4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Share host''' den folgenden Hostnamen ein: '''mirror.euserv.net'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Geben Sie unter '''Path to image''' den folgenden Pfad zum Image ein: '''\iso\linux\sles\SLES-11-SP3-DVD-x86_64-GM-DVD1.iso'''. Achten Sie darauf, dass die Pfadangabe mit '''\''' einzugeben ist. &lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''User''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Lassen Sie das Feld '''Password''' leer.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Save'''. &lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Mount'''. &lt;br /&gt;
Die Meldung '''An ISO file is mounted''' sollte nun erscheinen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Das Image sollte nun eingebunden und verfügbar sein.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Damit der Server von dem Boot-Medium startet, gehen Sie wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Führen Sie einen Reset Ihres Server durch. Wie Sie diesen durchführen, finden Sie im folgenden Abschnitt:&lt;br /&gt;
[[Manual_Supermicro_KVM#Power_Control | Power Control]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Gehen Sie auf '''Remote Control''' in der Menüleiste.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie '''Launch SOL''' aus.&lt;br /&gt;
* Klicken Sie auf '''Launch SOL'''.&lt;br /&gt;
* Drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste '''F11'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Wählen Sie folgendes Boot-Medium aus: '''ATEN Virtual CDROM YS0J'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_5.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie sehen nun den Setup-Screen von SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_6.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Auswerfen des Boot-Mediums ====&lt;br /&gt;
Um das Image wieder auszuwerfen, wählen Sie '''Umount''' und Bestätigen dies mit mit einem Klick auf den Button '''Save'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:supermicro_kvm_2.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Power Control===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Das Feature &amp;quot;Power Control&amp;quot; ermöglicht Ihnen, den Server aus- bzw. einzuschalten oder neuzustarten. Gehen Sie dazu in der Menüleiste auf '''Remote Control --&amp;gt; Power Control'''. Sie können hier den derzeitigen Status Ihres Servers einsehen (z.B. &amp;quot;Host is currently on&amp;quot;). Sie haben nun folgende Möglichkeiten:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|width=&amp;quot;100%&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-color:rgb(230,230,230); background-color:white;&amp;quot; cellpadding=&amp;quot;5&amp;quot; cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;2px solid&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Reset Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Führt einen Neustart durch&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Immediate'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server umgehend ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Off Server - Orderly Shutdown'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ordnungsgemäß ab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power On Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ein&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Power Cycle Server'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Schaltet den Server ab und wieder ein&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Systemstatus auslesen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mit der Supermicro KVM können Sie jederzeit die systemkritischen Werte Ihres Servers auslesen. Neben CPU-Temperatur, Systemtemperatur und Lüftergeschwindigkeit, werden hier u.a. auch zahlreiche Spannungswerte angezeigt. Die einzelnen Werte werden farbcodiert wiedergegeben (grün - orange - rot) und informieren so über den Status des Servers. Den Systemstatus finden Sie unter '''Server Health --&amp;gt; Sensor Readings'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:micro7.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Konsolenoptionen==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===KVM-Session aufzeichnen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um Ihre KVM-Sitzung aufzuzeichnen, können Videos (im AVI-Format) aufgenommen werden. Das Aufzeichnen eines Videos geschieht wie folgt: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Klicken Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Record''' und anschließend auf '''Start Recording'''. Ein Fenster erscheint, in welchem Sie den Speicherort für das Video angeben müssen. Ist dies geschehen, müssen Sie im nächsten Fenster noch die gewünschte Videoauflösung angeben. Die Aufzeichnung beginnt nun. Um diese zu beenden klicken Sie erneut auf '''Record''' und dann auf '''Stop Recording'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Keyboard Macros===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Die KVM erlaubt Ihnen auch, Tastaturkürzel (&amp;quot;Macros&amp;quot;) zu verwenden bzw. benutzerdefinierte Macros selbst zu erstellen. Klicken Sie dazu in der Konsole auf '''Macro'''. Hier können Sie beispielsweise festlegen, ob die Windows- oder Alt-Taste gedrückt gehalten werden soll. Das Submenü &amp;quot;Macro&amp;quot; bietet darüber hinaus gängige Tastatürkürzel wie &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;, welche so an den Server gesendet werden können.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Weiterhin ist es möglich, sich bestimmte KVM-interne Befehle auf benutzerdefinierte Tasten zu legen. Nehmen wir an, Sie benötigen das Macro &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; häufiger und wollen dies auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; legen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gehen Sie in der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Hotkey Settings''' und klicken Sie auf '''Start'''. Wählen Sie aus der '''action''' Spalte '''Send Ctrl+Alt+Del''' aus. Drücken Sie nun auf &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; und gehen auf '''Stop''' sowie anschließend auf '''Assign'''. Nach einem letzten Klick auf '''Close''' wird nun jedesmal beim Drücken von &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;F7&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; innerhalb der Konsole ein &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;Strg+Alt+Entf&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt; an den Server gesendet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sprache ändern===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die Anzeigesprache der KVM zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie innerhalb der Konsole auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Preference --&amp;gt; Language Setting''' und wählen dort die gewünschte Sprache aus. Nachdem Sie mit '''OK''' bestätigt haben, wird die Anzeigesprache geändert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fullscreen===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie eine bildschirmfüllende Anzeige der KVM wünschen, können Sie dies folgendermaßen erreichen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Gehen Sie in der Menüleiste auf '''Options --&amp;gt; Full-Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
*Um in den normalen Modus zurückzukehren, führen Sie ihre Maus an den oberen Bildschirmrand und wählen dort '''Options --&amp;gt; Leave Full Screen Mode'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Für Linux-User==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Falls Sie beim Starten der KVM-Konsole die Fehlermeldung&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;no iKVM64 in java.library.path&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
erhalten sollten, können Sie dies folgendermaßen beheben:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wechseln Sie in Ihren Download-Ordner und suchen Sie die Datei &amp;quot;launch.jnlp&amp;quot;. Öffnen Sie diese Datei in einem Editor und suchen Sie den Eintrag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&amp;lt;resources os=&amp;quot;Linux&amp;quot; arch=&amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;nativelib href=&amp;quot;liblinux_x86_64.jar&amp;quot; download=&amp;quot;eager&amp;quot; version=&amp;quot;1.0.3&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Entscheidend ist, dass Sie den korrekten Eintrag für Ihre Rechnerarchitektur ausfindig machen (in diesem Fall &amp;quot;amd64&amp;quot; für 64 Bit).&lt;br /&gt;
Fügen Sie nun zwischen '''&amp;lt;nativelib ... /&amp;gt;''' und '''&amp;lt;/resources&amp;gt;''' folgende Zeilen ein:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.packEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;property name=&amp;quot;jnlp.versionEnabled&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;true&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Speichern Sie die Datei, rechtsklicken darauf und öffnen diese z.B. in Ihrem Browser oder (wenn installiert) der &amp;quot;IcedTea Java Web Start&amp;quot; Anwendung o.ä.&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Mon, 30 Mar 2015 15:23:48 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Manual_Supermicro_KVM</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* View Server Contracts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you are not logged in, please press ''''Login'''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be found here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') depends on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''Server'''' to see the Server overview (see Picture 'My Server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my Server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your Server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your Server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your Server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each Server, based on color circles (see Picture 'Server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not logged in, please press '''Login''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is active and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your tablet you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_reboot_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall an OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be found here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_install_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', blue arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'operating systems', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_tab_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm reinstall', blue frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_bestätigen_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_durchführung_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_fertig_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from EUserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:47:48 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Reinstalling operating systems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you are not logged in, please press ''''Login'''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be found here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') depends on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not logged in, please press '''Login''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is active and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your tablet you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_reboot_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall an OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be found here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_install_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', blue arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'operating systems', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_tab_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm reinstall', blue frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_bestätigen_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_durchführung_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_fertig_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from EUserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:44:01 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* View Server Contracts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you are not logged in, please press ''''Login'''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be found here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') depends on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not logged in, please press '''Login''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is active and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your tablet you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_reboot_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall an OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be found here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_install_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', blue arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the bottom ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'operating systems', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_tab_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm reinstall', blue frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_bestätigen_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_durchführung_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_fertig_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from EUserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:43:05 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Install tab fertig en.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Install_tab_fertig_en.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Install_tab_fertig_en.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:39:07 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Install_tab_fertig_en.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Install tab durchführung en.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Install_tab_durchf%C3%BChrung_en.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Install_tab_durchf%C3%BChrung_en.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:38:35 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Install_tab_durchf%C3%BChrung_en.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Install tab bestätigen en.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Install_tab_best%C3%A4tigen_en.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Install_tab_best%C3%A4tigen_en.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:38:19 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Install_tab_best%C3%A4tigen_en.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:BS tab en.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:BS_tab_en.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:BS_tab_en.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:37:58 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:BS_tab_en.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Tab install en.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Tab_install_en.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Tab_install_en.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:37:43 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Tab_install_en.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Order */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you are not logged in, please press ''''Login'''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be found here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') depends on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not logged in, please press '''Login''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is active and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your tablet you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_reboot_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall an OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be found here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_install_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', blue arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the bottom ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'operating systems', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_tab_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm reinstall', blue frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_bestätigen_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_durchführung_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_fertig_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from EUserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:37:28 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Reinstalling operating systems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you are not logged in, please press ''''Login'''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be found here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') depends on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not logged in, please press '''Login''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is active and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your tablet you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_reboot_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from EUserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:37:11 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Tab reboot en.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Tab_reboot_en.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Tab_reboot_en.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:35:19 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Tab_reboot_en.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Install fertig en.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Install_fertig_en.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Install_fertig_en.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:34:59 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Install_fertig_en.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Install durchführung en.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Install_durchf%C3%BChrung_en.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Install_durchf%C3%BChrung_en.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:34:41 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Install_durchf%C3%BChrung_en.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Install bestätigen en.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Install_best%C3%A4tigen_en.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Install_best%C3%A4tigen_en.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:34:25 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Install_best%C3%A4tigen_en.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:BS auswahl en.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:34:08 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:BS_auswahl_en.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Reinstall en.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Reinstall_en.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Reinstall_en.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:33:55 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Reinstall_en.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Reboot en.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Reboot_en.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Reboot_en.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:33:03 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Reboot_en.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Reinstalling operating systems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you are not logged in, please press ''''Login'''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be found here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') depends on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not logged in, please press '''Login''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is active and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your tablet you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_reboot_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall an OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be found here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_install_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', blue arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the bottom ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'operating systems', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_tab_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm reinstall', blue frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_bestätigen_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_durchführung_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_fertig_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from EUserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:30:49 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* View Server Contracts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you are not logged in, please press ''''Login'''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be found here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') depends on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not logged in, please press '''Login''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is active and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your tablet you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_reboot_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS direct via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choos a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_install_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', blue arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the bottom ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'operating systems', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_tab_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm reinstall', blue frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_bestätigen_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_durchführung_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_fertig_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from EUserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:28:55 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Order */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you are not logged in, please press ''''Login'''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be found here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') depends on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not logged in, please press '''Login''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is active and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your phone you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_reboot_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS direct via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choos a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_install_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', blue arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the bottom ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'operating systems', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_tab_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm reinstall', blue frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_bestätigen_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_durchführung_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_fertig_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from EUserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:28:05 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* View Server Contracts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you are not logged in, please press ''''Login'''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be found here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') depends on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not logged in, please press '''Login''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is active and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your phone you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_reboot_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS direct via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choos a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_install_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', blue arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the bottom ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'operating systems', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_tab_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm reinstall', blue frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_bestätigen_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_durchführung_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_fertig_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:26:58 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* View Server Contracts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you are not logged in, please press ''''Login'''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be found here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') depends on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not logged in, please press '''Login''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is aktiv and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: aktiv server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your phone you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_reboot_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS direct via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choos a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_install_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', blue arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the bottom ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'operating systems', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_tab_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm reinstall', blue frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_bestätigen_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_durchführung_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_fertig_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:25:23 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Order */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you are not logged in, please press ''''Login'''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be found here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') depends on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not login, please press '''Login''' right at the top of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is aktiv and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: aktiv server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your phone you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_reboot_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS direct via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choos a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_install_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', blue arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the bottom ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'operating systems', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_tab_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm reinstall', blue frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_bestätigen_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_durchführung_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_tab_fertig_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:24:10 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Perform server reboot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you are not logged in, please press ''''Login'''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be found here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') depends on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not login, please press '''Login''' right at the top of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is aktiv and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: aktiv server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your phone you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_reboot_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:23:18 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Reinstalling operating systems */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you are not logged in, please press ''''Login'''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be found here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') depends on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS directy via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choose a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the button ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not login, please press '''Login''' right at the top of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is aktiv and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: aktiv server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your phone you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows '''Perform Reboot'''. Click here to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:22:20 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* View Server Contracts */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you are not logged in, please press ''''Login'''' in the upper right corner of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be found here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your servers, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') depends on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS direct via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choos a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the bottom ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not login, please press '''Login''' right at the top of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is aktiv and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: aktiv server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your phone you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows '''Perform Reboot'''. Click here to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:20:43 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Order */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not login, please press ''''Login'''' right at the top of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') is depending on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reinstalling operating systems ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can display the operating system that is already installed on your server and see a list of available OS you can choose for a reinstallation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To reinstall a OS direct via the app, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please click on an active server: How to see your server contracts can be find here:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#View_Server_Contracts | View Server Contracts]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you choos a server contract your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Re-Installation'''' to start the reinstallation (see Picture 'reinstallation', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On your screen you will see the operating system that is already installed on your server (see picture 'operating systems', red arrow). Below there is a list of available operating systems for a new installation on your server (see picture 'operating systems'). Please select the operating system you want to install. A blue dot in the left circle shows your selection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At ''''reset bootdevice'''' is automatically a check mark, it is recommended for a correct performed installation. However, you can remove the check mark by clicking on the right box and perform the reinstallation without reset the bootdevice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have selected all the required points, press the bottom ''''Start reinstallation'''' (see picture 'Operating Systems', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswahl_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the reinstallation.  Note that all data on all HDD's will be deleted. Confirm by clicking ''''Ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm re-install', red frame). The reinstallation starts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_bestätigen_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you see the reinstallation will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing reinstallation'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_durchführung_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing reinstallation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the reinstallation is complete, an information box appears on your display with the message that the installation was successful and the server will be installed with the next reboot. Pressing ''''OK'''' to return to the overview of your server contracts (see Picture 'reinstallation finished').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:install_fertig_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
reinstallation finished&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not login, please press '''Login''' right at the top of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is aktiv and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: aktiv server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your phone you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows '''Perform Reboot'''. Click here to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:16:31 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Installation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Android App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not login, please press ''''Login'''' right at the top of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') is depending on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not login, please press '''Login''' right at the top of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is aktiv and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: aktiv server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your phone you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows '''Perform Reboot'''. Click here to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:15:47 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Download */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not login, please press ''''Login'''' right at the top of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') is depending on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not login, please press '''Login''' right at the top of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is aktiv and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: aktiv server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your phone you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows '''Perform Reboot'''. Click here to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:15:04 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App/en</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Perform server reboot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support/en]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Usage of the EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation and usage of the EUserv Android App '''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Condition of use =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Phone ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Android App, you need an Internet-enabled smartphone or tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* The Android version must be at least&amp;gt; = Android 2.1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internet access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you want to use completely all features of the App, your device should have a permanent internet connection during the usage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your smartphone, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your phone and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_00.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select magnifying glass in Google Play Store', red arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_02.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''Euserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_03.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', red frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_05.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_16.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (see Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', red frame)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (see Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_18.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (see Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your smartphone. The App can also directly be started via this icon (see Picture 'open App on your Smartphone', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_22.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your Smartphone&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check  (see Picture 'input and check domain name', red arrow)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_7.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
input and check domain name &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (see Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (see Picture 'choose domain', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_08.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (see Picture 'choose domain plan', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_09.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (see Picture 'overview about selected domain', red frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (see shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain',  red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_10.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not login, please press ''''Login'''' right at the top of the screen (see Picture 'Login', red arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_01.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''Login existing customer'''' to enter your ''''user name'''' or ''''email address'''' and your ''''password'''' (see Picture 'choose login', red frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the login, please enter your ''''customer number'''' or ''''email-adresse'''' and your ''''password''''. Confirm your entries with the button ''''Sign in'''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Login.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please click the right or left selection key or the ''''menu'''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', red arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please remember! The function of the selection key as well as the menu view ('three points') is depending on the model of your smartphone. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_menu.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button ''''My Contracts'''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contracts.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of you contracts. Click the button ''''server'''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area, your contract number, product name, contract term and the IP-address of your server is displayed. In addition, you also see if your server is active and available or, for example, in progress. This information is shown in the field ''''status''''. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: active server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you click on the menu or the return key on your phone you will be returned to the contract overview&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', red frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows ''''Perform Reboot'''' and ''''Re-Installation''''. Click to ''''Perform Reboot'''' to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_en.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking ''''ok'''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', red frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press ''''cancel''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:ok_reboot.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preforming.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:contract.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (see Picture 'overview cart', red frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (see Picture 'overview cart', red arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_11.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (see Picture 'choose Login', red frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_12.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (see Picture 'Login for existing customers', red frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_13.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (see Picture 'Sign up for new customers', red frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_14.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (see Picture 'confirm order', red frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (see Picture 'confirm order', red arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_15.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_24.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_23.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the right or left selection key (depending on the model of your smartphone) on your smartphone. A small menu appears, click the button ''''About'''' (see Picture 'retrieve the current version', blue frame).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
retrieve the current version&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (Picture 'current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:en_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Usage with a Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To install the EUserv Andriod App on your tablet, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Starting up ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Turn on your tablet and open the Google Play Store. The icon of the Google Play store can be found in the menu of your smartphone or on your home screen (see Picture 'open the Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_08.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open the Google Play Store&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Download ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 1&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are in the Google Play store and you see the main menu. Please press ''''Apps'''' to get to the bottom and get an overview of the Google Play Store Apps (see Picture 'select Google Play Store Apps', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_02_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select Google Play Store Apps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 2&lt;br /&gt;
Now you are on the bottom of the Google Play store. Please press the ''''magnifying glass'''' in the upper right of the screen (see Picture 'select the magnifying glass', blue arrow). This opens the input mask on your keyboard. Please turn to step 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_03_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select magnifying glass in Google Play Store  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 3&lt;br /&gt;
Enter ''''EUserv'''' on the input screen of your keyboard. In the search box at the top of the screen your entry (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue frame) appears. At the same time, the term  ''''EUserv'''' is searched. You get a list of proposals which have been found. Please select ''''EUserv'''' (see Picture 'enter, search and select EUserv', blue arrow). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_04_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
enter, search and select EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Step 4&lt;br /&gt;
The EUserv App icon appears on your display. Open the application (see Picture 'select EUserv App-Symbol', blue frame) by clicking the ''''App Icon''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_05_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select EUserv App-Symbol&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Press the button ''''INSTALL'''' to download the App (see Picture 'download App', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_22.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
download App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the App permissions before installation and accept them by clicking the ''''ACCEPT'''' button (Picture 'read and accept the App permissions', blue frame) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_21.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
read and accept the App permissions &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After you have confirmed the App permissions, the App begins with the installation process (Picture 'App installation').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_20.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App installation &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you have installed the EUserv Andriod App.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Open === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After installation, you can open the App directly from the Google Play Store by pressing the button ''''OPEN'''' (Picture 'open App in Google Play Store', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_23.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App in Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You´ll also find the icon of the installed EUserv Android App in the App overview of your tablet. The App can also directly be started via this icon (Picture 'open App on your tablet', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
open App on your tablet &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Using the App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To use the EUserv Anroid App, for example to search for available domains, please proceed as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domain search ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have opened the App you will see an input field to enter your desired domain name (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue frame). Press  ''''Check'''' to start an availability check (Picture 'search and check domain name', blue arrow) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_18.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
search and check domain name&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After the search is completed, you will see a list of all domains with the name you have entered (Picture 'choose domain'). You will also see the availability of each domain, based on color circles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* green circle = available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circle = transfer is possible&lt;br /&gt;
* red circle = not available&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* This information can also be find above the listed domains. Choose the desired domain by pressing the ''''hook'''' behind the domain and the availability icon (Picture 'choose domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_24.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* All plans, which are available for the selected domain, appear. Here you can see all plan features and prices (net). By pressing on the ''''respective plan'''', it will automatically moved into the cart (Picture 'choose domain plan', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose domain plan &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* You are automatically taken back to the start screen. The App shows a blue hook behind the selected domain (Picture 'overview about selected domain', blue frame). Now you can choose more domains with the same principle. By pushing the ''''cart'''' in the upper right of the screen you can continue the order (shopping cart icon in picture 'overview about selected domain', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_26.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview about selected domain &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== View Server Contracts ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. If you have not login, please press '''Login''' right at the top of the screen (see Picture 'Login', blue arrow)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_start.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are already an EUserv customer, please press '''Login existing customer''' to enter your '''user name''' or '''email address''' and your '''password''' (see Picture 'choose login', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you are a new customer, you can create a new  customer account. How to set up an EUserv customer account can be find here: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en#Sign_up_for_new_customers_2 | Sign up for new customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_existing_c.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the Sign in, please enter your '''customer number''' or '''email-adresse''' and your '''password'''. Confirm your entries with the button '''Sign in''' (see Picture 'Login existing customer', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:existing_customer_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login existing customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in. To get an overview of your server, please press the '''menu''' button in the app (see Picture 'choose menu', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menu.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose menu&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* A small menu appears on your screen. Click the button '''My Contracts''' (see Picture 'My Contracts', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_contract.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my contracts&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see an overview of your contracts. Click the button '''server''' to see the server overview (see Picture 'My server', blue frame). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_overview.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
my server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your server overview. In this area you see your contract number, product name, contract term and your IP-address of your server. In addition you also see if a server is aktiv and available or for example being in process. This information gives you the field status. You will also see the availability of each server, based on color circles (see Picture 'server overview').&lt;br /&gt;
* green circles: aktiv server /available&lt;br /&gt;
* yellow circles: partially available / in progress / in provision&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you push menu or the return key on your phone you will take back to the contract overview or you can use another function of the app.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Perform server reboot ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on an active server (status: green circle) you can perform a server reboot (see Picture 'Select Server', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:choose_server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Select Server &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Your screen shows '''Perform Reboot'''. Click here to start the reboot (see Picture 'perform reboot', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:preform_reboot_server.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
perform reboot &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For security reasons you will be asked if you really want to start the server reboot. Confirm by clicking '''ok''' (see Picture 'confirm server reboot', blue frame). If you don't want to perform a server reboot, press '''cancel'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_ok.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* After confirmation, the reboot will be processed. The waiting icon shows the process time (see Picture 'performing server reboot').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_reboot.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
performing server reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If the reboot is completed, a green circle will be displayed (see Picture 'server overview'). By clicking the menu or back key on your smartphone you will be returned to the server overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_en.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
server overview&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Cart ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you see your selected domains in your shopping cart incl. the respective plan option, the total price and the reported VAT. If you want to change the order, please press the button ''''Delete'''' to remove the domain from the cart (Picture 'overview cart', blue frame). To continue with your order, please press the blue button ''''Checkout'''' (Picture 'overview cart', blue arrow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taB_en_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
overview cart&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you have clicked on ''''checkout'''', the login function is displayed on the screen. If you are already an EUserv customer, please press ''''existing customer login''''. If you are a new customer, please click ''''Create new account'''' (Picture 'choose login', blue frame).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
choose login &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Login for existing customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For existing customers, the input field appears. You must log in with your email address or customer ID and your password (Picture 'Login for existing customers', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Login for existing customers &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sign up for new customers ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a new customer you have to enter your email address twice and your first and last name (Picture 'Sign up for new customers', blue frame). IMPORTANT! After completing the purchase, you must complete your customer data to complete the order successfully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Sign up for new customers&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Order ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Now you are logged in and in the checkout area. Here you can complete the order. For this purpose, please read our Terms and Conditions and confirm them by pressing the box next to the message text (see also AGBs EUserv). A blue check mark in the box confirms your selection (Picture 'confirm order ', blue frame). To complete your order, please press the button ''''Buy Now'''' (Picture 'confirm order ', blue arrow). You have ordered your domain successfully. You will shortly receive an order confirmation email from Euserv.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* If you wish to change or cancel the purchase please use the ''''back'''' button (return key) on your smartphone to enter the previous page. Delete the domain from the shopping cart or change the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
confirm order &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Other functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Imprint ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please note the imprint of EUserv to look up all important sale information (Picture 'Imprint EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_14.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Imprint EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Terms and Conditions ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Please read the terms and conditions of EUserv before ordering (see Picture 'Terms and Conditions EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_000.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Terms and Conditions EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Version === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To retrieve the current version of your EUserv Android App, please proceed as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Open the App. Press the ''''three points'''' (see Picture 'select About', blue arrow) in the upper left on your tablet, a small menu appears. Choose the button 'About' (see Picture 'select About', blue frame)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_25.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
select About&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The current version number as well as the creation date of the App appears (see Picture 'view current version number'). The ''''Return key'''' on your phone will take you back to the home screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:tab_en_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
view current version number &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 16:11:52 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App/en</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Reinstall tab abgeschlossen de.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Reinstall_tab_abgeschlossen_de.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Reinstall_tab_abgeschlossen_de.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 12:21:38 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Reinstall_tab_abgeschlossen_de.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Reinstall tab durchführung de.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Reinstall_tab_durchf%C3%BChrung_de.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Reinstall_tab_durchf%C3%BChrung_de.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 12:21:20 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Reinstall_tab_durchf%C3%BChrung_de.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Reinstall tab bestätigen de.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Reinstall_tab_best%C3%A4tigen_de.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Reinstall_tab_best%C3%A4tigen_de.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 12:21:02 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Reinstall_tab_best%C3%A4tigen_de.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:BS tab auswählen.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:BS_tab_ausw%C3%A4hlen.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:BS_tab_ausw%C3%A4hlen.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 12:20:45 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:BS_tab_ausw%C3%A4hlen.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Reinstall tab de.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Reinstall_tab_de.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Reinstall_tab_de.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 12:20:29 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Reinstall_tab_de.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Datei:Reboot tab de.png</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Reboot_tab_de.png</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei:Reboot_tab_de.png</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 12:20:15 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Datei_Diskussion:Reboot_tab_de.png</comments>		</item>
		<item>
			<title>Guide EUserv Android App</title>
			<link>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App</link>
			<guid>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Guide_EUserv_Android_App</guid>
			<description>&lt;p&gt;Kawi1:&amp;#32;/* Server-Reboot durchführen */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Languages|Guide EUserv Android App}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Domain]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kategorie:Service_%2B_Support]]&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Verwendung der EUserv Android App'''''&lt;br /&gt;
__TOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style= &amp;quot;font-size: 1.571em;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Installation und Nutzung der EUserv Android App'''&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
= Voraussetzung der Nutzung =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Telefon ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Um die EUserv Android App nutzen zu können, benötigen Sie ein internetfähiges Smartphone oder Tablet.&lt;br /&gt;
* Die Android Version muss mindestens &amp;gt;= Android 2.1 sein.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Internetzugang ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wenn Sie alle Funktionen der App vollständig nutzen möchten, sollte Ihr Gerät über eine dauerhafte Internetverbindung während der Nutzung verfügen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Nutzung mit einem Smartphone =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Um die EUserv Andriod App auf Ihrem Smartphone zu installieren gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Inbetriebnahme ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Schalten Sie Ihr Smartphone ein und öffnen Sie den Google Play Store. Das Icon (Symbolbild) des Google Play Stores finden Sie im Menü Ihres Smartphones oder auf Ihrem Startbildschirm (siehe Bild 'Inbetriebnahme Google Play Store öfnnen', roter Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:24_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Google Play Store öffnen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Herunterladen ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Schritt 1&lt;br /&gt;
Nun befinden Sie sich im Google Play Store und sehen das Hauptmenü. Bitte drücken Sie bitte auf den Button ''''Apps'''' um auf die Unterseite und Übersicht der Google Play Store Apps zu gelangen (siehe Bild 'Apps im Google Play Store auswählen', roter Rahmen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:20_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Apps im Google Play Store auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Schritt 2&lt;br /&gt;
Jetzt befinden Sie sich auf der Unterseite Apps des Google Play Stores. Drücken Sie bitte auf die ''''Lupe'''' im rechten oberen Bildrand (siehe Bild 'Lupe drücken im Google Play Store', roter Pfeil). Dadurch öffnet sich die Eingabemaske Ihrer Tastatur. Fahren Sie dann bitte mit Schritt 3 fort. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:21_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lupe drücken im Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Schritt 3&lt;br /&gt;
Geben Sie nun bitte ''''EUserv'''' über die Eingabemaske Ihrer Tastatur ein. Im Suchfeld am oberen Bildrand erscheint Ihre Eingabe (siehe Bild 'EUserv eingeben, suchen und auswählen', roter Rahmen). Gleichzeitig wird automatisch nach dem Begriff ''''EUserv'''' gesucht. Ihnen werden Vorschläge aufgelistet die durch den Suchbegriff gefunden wurden. Bitte wählen Sie aus dieser Auflistung ''''EUserv'''' aus und drücken auf den Namen ''''EUserv'''' um diesen auszuwählen (siehe Bild 'EUserv eingeben, suchen und auswählen', roter Pfeil) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:22_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
EUserv eingeben, suchen und auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Schritt 4&lt;br /&gt;
Nun erscheint das EUserv App-Symbol auf Ihrem Display. Durch drücken auf das ''''App-Symbol'''' öffnen Sie die Anwendung (siehe Bild 'EUserv App-Symbol auswählen', roter Rahmen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:23_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
EUserv App-Symbol auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Drücken Sie dann auf den Button ''''INSTALLIEREN'''', um die App herunterzuladen (siehe Bild 'App herunterladen', roter Rahmen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:02_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App herunterladen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte lesen Sie vor der Installation die App-Berechtigungen durch. Im Anschluss akzeptieren Sie diese bitte, indem Sie auf den Button ''''AKZEPTIEREN'''' drücken (siehe Bild 'App-Berechtigungen lesen und akzeptieren', roter Rahmen).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:03_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App-Berechtigungen lesen und akzeptieren &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nachdem Sie die App-Berechtigungen bestätigt haben beginnt die App mit der Installation (siehe Bild 'Installation der App').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:04_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installation der App&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nun haben Sie die EUserv Andriod App erfolgreich installiert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Öffnen === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nach der Installation können Sie die App direkt im Google Play Store öffnen. Drücken Sie dazu bitte auf den Button ''''ÖFFNEN'''' (siehe Bild 'App im Google Play Store öffnen', roter Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:05_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App im Google Play Store öffnen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In der Übersicht Ihrer Smartphone Apps finden Sie ebenfalls das installierte Icon für die EUserv Android App. Über das Icon auf Ihrem Smartphone lässt sich die App ebenfalls direkt starten (siehe Bild 'App über Ihr Smartphone öffnen', roter Rahmen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:06_1.jpg|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App über Ihr Smartphone öffnen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Nutzung der App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Um die EUserv Anroid App zu nutzen um z.B. nach verfügbaren Domains zu suchen gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domainsuche ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wenn Sie die App geöffnet haben sehen Sie ein Eingabefeld. In diesem Eingabefeld können Sie jetzt Ihren gewünschten Domainnamen eingeben (siehe Bild 'Domainnamen eingeben und prüfen', roter Rahmen). Drücken Sie dann bitte auf den Button ''''Prüfen'''' um eine Verfügbarkeitsprüfung der Domain durchzuführen (siehe Bild 'Domainnamen eingeben und prüfen', roter Pfeil).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:08_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Domainnamen eingeben und prüfen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nachdem die Suche abgeschlossen ist, sehen Sie eine Auflistung aller Domains mit den von Ihnen eingegeben Namen (siehe Bild 'Domain auswählen'). Sie sehen außerdem die Verfügbarkeit jeder Domain anhand von farblichen Kreisen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* grüner Kreis = verfügbar&lt;br /&gt;
* gelber Kreis = Transfer zu einem anderen Provider möglich&lt;br /&gt;
* roter Kreis     = nicht verfügbar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Diese Informationen stehen ebenfalls oberhalb der aufgelisteten Domains. Drücken Sie nun auf die gewünschte Domain, indem Sie auf den Haken hinter der Domain und dem Verfügbarkeitssymbol drücken (siehe Bild 'Domain auswählen', roter Pfeil). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:09_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Domain auswählen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nun erscheinen alle Tarife, die für die ausgewählte Domain zur Verfügung stehen. Hier sehen Sie, was die einzelnen Tarife beinhalten sowie deren Preise (Netto). Durch Drücken auf den jeweiligen Wunschtarif wird dieser in den Warenkorb verschoben (siehe Bild 'Domain Tarif auswählen', roter Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:10_2.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Tarif auswählen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie gelangen danach automatisch auf den Startbildschirm zurück. Die App zeigt Ihnen einen blauen Haken hinter der oder den ausgewählten Domains an (siehe Bild 'Übersicht ausgewählte Domains', roter Rahmen). Nun können Sie weitere Domains mit dem gleichen Prinzip auswählen. Durch Drücken auf den ''''Warenkorb'''' im oberen rechten Bildrand können Sie die Bestellung fortführen (siehe Einkaufswagensymbol im Bild 'Übersicht ausgewählte Domains', roter Pfeil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:11_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Übersicht ausgewählte Domains &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ansicht Serververträge ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Öffnen Sie die App. Wenn Sie noch nicht angemeldet sind drücken Sie bitte auf ''''Anmelden'''' im oberen rechten Bildschirm (siehe Bild 'Anmelden', roter Pfeil) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Anmeldung.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Anmelden &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte wählen Sie dann ''''Login Bestandskunde'''' aus um sich mit Ihrem Benutzernamen und Passwort anzumelden (siehe Bild 'Anmeldung auswählen', roter Rahmen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie können an dieser Stelle auch ein neues Kundenkonto anlegen. Wie Sie ein neues Benutzerkonto anlegen, sehen Sie im Punkt: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App#Anmeldung_f.C3.BCr_Neukunden | Anmeldung für Neukunden]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Anmeldung_auswählen.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Anmeldung auswählen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte geben Sie für die Anmeldung Ihre ''''Kundennummer'''' oder ''''E-Mail-Adresse'''' sowie Ihr ''''Passwort'''' ein und bestätigen Sie Ihre Eingaben in dem Sie auf ''''Anmelden'''' drücken. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Anmeldung_Bestandskunde.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Anmeldung Bestandskunde&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jetzt sind Sie angemeldet. Um eine Übersicht Ihrer Server zu erhalten, drücken Sie bitte bei Ihrem Smartphone auf die rechte oder linke Auswahltaste oder in der App selbst auf das Menüfeld (siehe Bild 'Menü auswählen', roter Pfeil).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* ''''Bitte beachten!'''' Die Funktionen der Auswahltaste sowie die Ansicht des Menüfeldes ('drei Punkte') sind abhängig vom jeweiligem Modell Ihres Smartphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Menü_auswählen.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menü auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jetzt erscheint ein kleines Menü auf Ihrem Bildschirm. Bitte wählen Sie hier ''''Meine Verträge'''' aus (siehe Bild 'Meine Verträge auswählen', roter Rahmen) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Meine_Verträge.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Meine Verträge auswählen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jetzt erscheinen auf dem Display Ihre bei EUserv gemieteten Server in der Verträge-Übersicht. Durch Drücken auf ''''Server'''' gelangen Sie in Ihre Server-Übersicht (siehe Bild 'Meine Server', roter Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:meine_Server.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Meine Server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jetzt befinden Sie sich in Ihrer Server-Übersicht. In dieser Übersicht sehen Sie Ihre Vertragsnummer, Produktbezeichnung, Vertragslaufzeit sowie die IP-Adresse Ihrer Server. Zudem sehen Sie auch, ob der Server aktiv somit verfügbar ist oder sich z.B. in Bearbeitung befindet. Diese Info wird Ihnen im Feld Status angezeigt. Hierfür stehen die Kreise hinter den jeweiligen Servern (siehe Bild 'Serverübersicht').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* grüner Kreis: aktiver Server/verfügbar&lt;br /&gt;
* gelber Kreis: zum Teil verfügbar/in Bearbeitung/in Bereitstellung &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Durch Drücken der ''''Menütaste'''' oder ''''Zurück-Taste'''' auf Ihrem Smartphone gelangen Sie zurück zur Verträge-Übersicht bzw. können eine andere Funktion der App nutzen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:serverübersicht.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Serverübersicht&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Server-Reboot durchführen ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Durch Drücken auf einen aktiven Server (Status: grüner Kreis) können Sie diesen auswählen um einen Server-Reboot zu starten (siehe Bild 'Server auswählen', roter Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Server_auswählen.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Server auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nun erscheint auf Ihrem Display ''''Reboot ausführen'''' und ''''Re-Installation''''. Bitte drücken Sie auf das Feld ''''Reboot ausführen'''' um den Reboot zu starten (siehe Bild 'Server-Reboot ausführen', roter Rahmen) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_de.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Server-Reboot ausführen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Zur Sicherheit werden Sie dann gefragt, ob Sie wirklich einen Server-Reboot starten möchten. Bestätigen Sie dies, indem Sie auf ''''ok'''' drücken (siehe Bild 'Server-Reboot bestätigen', roter Rahmen). Falls Sie keinen Server-Reboot durchführen wollen, drücken Sie bitte ''''Abbrechen''''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_bestätigen.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Server-Reboot bestätigen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nachdem Sie den Server-Reboot bestätigt haben, wird dieser durchgeführt.  Anhand des ''''Warten-Symbols'''' sehen Sie das der Vorgang noch läuft (siehe Bild 'Durchführung Server-Reboot'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_durchführung.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Durchführung Server-Reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sobald der Reboot abgeschlossen wurde, erscheint wieder ein grüner Kreis (siehe Bild 'Server-Übersicht') im Display. Durch Drücken der ''''Menütaste'''' oder ''''Zurück-Taste'''' auf Ihrem Smartphone gelangen Sie zurück zur Serverübersicht oder Verträge-Übersicht bzw. können sich aus der App abmelden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:serverübersicht.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Server-Übersicht&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Neuinstallation von Betriebssystemen ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie können sich für jeden Ihrer Server das dort installierte Betriebssystem anzeigen lassen. Sie sehen zudem eine Liste an verfügbaren Betriebssystemen, die für eine Neuinstallation bereit stehen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um direkt aus der App die Reinstallation eines Betriebssystems zu starten, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie bitte einen Ihrer Serververträge aus. &lt;br /&gt;
Wie Sie Ihre Serververträge auswählen, können Sie hier nachlesen:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App#Ansicht_Serververtr.C3.A4ge | Ansicht Serververträge]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie einen Ihrer Serververträge ausgewählt haben, erscheinen auf Ihrem Display ''''Reboot ausführen'''' und ''''Re-Installation''''.  Bitte drücken Sie auf das Feld ''''Re-Installation'''' um die Installation zu starten (siehe Bild 'Re-Installation ausführen', roter Rahmen) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:Reinstall depng.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Re-Installation ausführen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf Ihrem Display sehen Sie das aktuell auf Ihrem Server installierte Betriebssystem (siehe Bild 'Betriebssysteme', roter Pfeil). Darunter befindet sich eine Übersicht der verfügbaren Betriebssystemen die für eine Neuinstallation auf Ihrem Server zur Verfügung stehen (siehe Bild 'Betriebssysteme'). Durch Drücken auf das jeweilige Betriebssystem, wählen Sie dieses aus. Ein blauer Punkt links im Kreis zeigt Ihnen Ihre Auswahl an. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei ''''Bootmedium resetten'''' ist automatisch ein Haken gesetzt, dies wird empfohlen damit die Reinstallation problemlos durchgeführt werden kann. Sie können hier jedoch durch Drücken auf das Kästchen mit den Haken die Auswahl entfernen und die Reinstallation ohne Reset des Bootmediums durchführen. Wenn Sie alle erforderlichen Punkte ausgewählt haben, drücken Sie bitte ganz unten auf das Feld ''''Reinstallation starten'''' (siehe Bild 'Betriebssysteme', roter Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_auswählen_de.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Betriebssystem auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zur Sicherheit müssen Sie Ihre Auswahl noch einmal bestätigen. Bitte beachten Sie, das bei einer Reinstallation alle Daten auf allen Festplatten gelöscht werden. &lt;br /&gt;
Durch Drücken auf ''''Ok'''' beginnt die Reinstallation des Betriebssystems auf Ihrem Server (siehe Bild 'Reinstallation bestätigen', roter Rahmen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_bestätigen_de.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Reinstallation bestätigen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nun sehen Sie auf Ihrem Dispay das die Reinstallation durchgeführt wird (siehe Bild 'Durchführung Reinstall').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_durchführung_de.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Durchführung Reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sobald die Reinstallation abgeschlossen ist, erscheint auf Ihrem Display ein Informationsfeld mit dem Hinweis das die Installation erfolgreich durchgeführt ist und beim nächsten Reboot der Server neu installiert wird. Durch Drücken auf ''''Ok'''' gelangen Sie zurück zur Übersicht Ihrer Verträge (siehe Bild 'Reinstall abgeschlossen').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_abgeschlossen.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Reinstall abgeschlossen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bestellfunktion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Warenkorb ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nun sehen Sie in Ihrem Warenkorb Ihre ausgewählten Domains inkl. der jeweiligen Tarifoption, dem Gesamtpreis und der ausgewiesenen Mehrwertsteuer. Wenn Sie die Bestellung ändern möchten, drücken Sie bitte auf den Button ''''Löschen'''' um die Domain wieder aus dem Warenkorb zu entfernen (siehe Bild 'Ansicht Warenkorb', roter Rahmen). Um mit der Bestellung fortzuführen drücken Sie bitte auf den blauen Button ''''Zur Kasse'''' (siehe Bild 'Ansicht Warenkorb', roter Pfeil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:12_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ansicht Warenkorb &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wenn Sie auf den Button ''''Zur Kasse'''' gedrückt haben, erscheint nun auf dem Bildschirm die Anmeldefunktion. Wenn Sie bereits EUserv-Kunde sind, dann drücken Sie bitte auf ''''Login Bestandskunde''''. Wenn Sie Neukunde sind, dann drücken Sie bitte auf ''''Neues Kundenkonto anlegen'''' (siehe Bild 'Anmeldung auswählen', roter Rahmen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:13_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Anmeldung auswählen  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Anmeldung für Bestandskunden ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Als Bestandskunde erscheint nun ein Eingabefeld. Hier müssen Sie sich mit Ihrer E-Mailadresse oder der Kundennummer, sowie Ihrem Passwort anmelden (siehe Bild 'Anmeldung Bestandskunde', roter Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:14_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Anmeldung Bestandskunde&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Anmeldung für Neukunden ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Als Neukunde müssen Sie zunächst zweimal Ihre E-Mail-Adresse eingeben, sowie Ihren Vor- und Zunamen (siehe Bild 'Anmeldung Neukunde', roter Rahmen). ''''WICHTIG!'''' Nach Abschluss der Bestellung müssen Sie im Kundencenter Ihre Kundendaten noch vervollständigen, nur so wird die Bestellung auch ausgeführt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_17.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Anmeldung Neukunde&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bestellfunktion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nun sind Sie angemeldet und befinden sich im Kassenbereich. Hier können Sie die Bestellung abschließen. Dazu lesen Sie bitte unsere AGBs und bestätigen diese im Anschluss, indem Sie auf das Kästchen links neben dem Hinweistext drücken (siehe auch [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App#Gesch.C3.A4ftsbedingungen | AGBs EUserv]]). Ein blaues Häkchen in dem Kästchen bestätigt Ihre Auswahl (siehe Bild 'Kauf abschließen', roter Rahmen). Um die Bestellung abzuschließen drücken Sie dann bitte auf den Button ''''Jetzt kaufen'''' (siehe Bild 'Kauf abschließen', roter Pfeil). Damit haben Sie Ihre Domain erfolgreich bestellt. In Kürze erhalten Sie von EUserv eine E-Mail mit der Bestätigung Ihrer Bestellung. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wenn Sie den Kauf ändern oder abbrechen wollen gehen Sie bitte auf die ''''Zurück''''-Taste (Return-Taste) auf Ihrem Smartphone (siehe Bild 'Kauf abschließen'). So gelangen Sie zur vorherigen Seite. Dort können Sie dann die Domain aus dem Warenkorb löschen oder die Bestellung ändern. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_19.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Kauf abschließen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sonstige Funktionen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Impressum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte beachten Sie das Impressum von EUserv, indem können Sie alle wichtigen Verkaufshinweise nachlesen (siehe Bild 'Impressum EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_20.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Impressum EUserv &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Geschäftsbedingungen ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte lesen Sie vor Ihrer Bestellung die Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen von EUserv (siehe Bild 'AGBs EUserv').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_21.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AGBs EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Versionsnummer ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die aktuelle Versionsnummer Ihrer EUserv Android App abzurufen, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor: &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Öffnen Sie die App. Drücken Sie dann bitte bei Ihrem Smartphone die rechte oder linke Auswahltaste (abhängig vom Modell Ihres Smartphones). Jetzt erscheint ein kleines Menü in dem Sie bitte den Butten ''''Über'''' auswählen (siehe Bild 'Versionsnummer abrufen', roter Rahmen).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:version_app.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Versionsnummer abrufen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nun wird Ihnen die aktuelle Versionsnummer sowie das Erstellungsdatum der App angezeigt (siehe Bild 'Ansicht Versionsnummer'). Mit der ''''Return-Taste'''' auf Ihrem Smartphone gelangen Sie zurück zum Startbildschirm.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:19_1.png|300px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ansicht Versionsnummer &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
= Nutzung mit einem Tablet =&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Um die EUserv Andriod App auf Ihrem Tablet zu installieren gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Inbetriebnahme ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Schalten Sie Ihr Tablet ein und öffnen Sie den Google Play Store. Das Icon (Symbolbild) des Google Play Stores finden Sie im Menü Ihres Tablets oder auf Ihrem Startbildschirm (sieh Bild 'Google Play Store öffnen', blauer Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot20_0.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Google Play Store öffnen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Herunterladen ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 1&lt;br /&gt;
* Nun befinden Sie sich im Google Play Store und sehen das Hauptmenü. Bitte drücken Sie auf den Button ''''Apps'''' um auf die Unterseite und Übersicht der Google Play Store Apps zu gelangen (siehe Bild 'Apps im Google Play Store auswählen',  blauer Rahmen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_23_1.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Apps im Google Play Store auswählen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 2&lt;br /&gt;
* Jetzt befinden Sie sich auf der Unterseite Apps des Google Play Stores. Drücken Sie bitte auf die ''''Lupe'''' im rechten oberen Bildrand (siehe Bild 'Lupe drücken im Google Play Store', blauer Pfeil). Dadurch öffnet sich die Eingabemaske Ihrer Tastatur. Fahren Sie dann bitte mit Schritt 3 fort. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_21_1.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Lupe drücken im Google Play Store &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 3&lt;br /&gt;
Geben Sie nun bitte ''''EUserv'''' über die Eingabemaske Ihrer Tastatur ein. Im Suchfeld am oberen Bildrand erscheint Ihre Eingabe (siehe Bild 'EUserv eingeben, suchen und auswählen', blauer Rahmen). Gleichzeitig wird automatisch nach dem Begriff ''''EUserv'''' gesucht. Ihnen werden Vorschläge aufgelistet die durch den Suchbegriff gefunden wurden. Bitte wählen Sie aus dieser Auflistung ''''EUserv App'''' aus und drücken auf den Namen ''''EUserv App'''' um diesen auszuwählen (siehe Bild 'EUserv eingeben, suchen und auswählen', blauer Pfeil) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_22_1.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
EUserv eingeben, suchen und auswählen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Schritt 4 &lt;br /&gt;
Nun erscheint das EUserv App-Symbol auf Ihrem Display. Durch drücken auf das App-Symbol öffnen Sie die Anwendung (siehe Bild 'EUserv App-Symbol auswählen', blauer Rahmen)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:app_symbol.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
EUserv App-Symbol auswählen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Installation ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Drücken Sie dann auf den Button ''''INSTALLIEREN'''', um die App herunterzuladen (siehe Bild 'App herunterladen', blauer Rahmen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taplet_01.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App herunterladen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte lesen Sie vor der Installation die App-Berechtigungen durch. Im Anschluss akzeptieren Sie diese bitte, indem Sie auf den Button ''''AKZEPTIEREN'''' drücken (siehe Bild 'App-Berechtigungen lesen und akzeptieren', blauer Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taplet_02.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App-Berechtigungen lesen und akzeptieren &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nachdem Sie die App-Berechtigungen bestätigt haben beginnt die App mit der Installation (siehe Bild 'Installation der App').&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taplet_03.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Installation der App &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nun haben Sie die EUserv Andriod App erfolgreich auf Ihrem Tablet installiert.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Öffnen === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nach der Installation können Sie die App direkt im Google Play Store öffnen. Drücken Sie dazu bitte auf den Button ''''ÖFFNEN'''' (siehe Bild 'App im Google Play Store öffnen', blauer Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taplet_04.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App im Google Play Store öffnen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In der Übersicht Ihrer Tablet Apps finden Sie ebenfalls das installierte Icon für die EUserv Android App. Über das Icon auf Ihrem Smartphone lässt sich die App ebenfalls direkt starten (siehe Bild 'App über Ihr Tablet öffnen', blauer Rahmen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taplet_05.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
App über Ihr Tablet öffnen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Nutzung der App ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Um die EUserv Anroid App zu nutzen um z.B. nach verfügbaren Domains zu suchen gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Domainsuche ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wenn Sie die App geöffnet haben sehen Sie ein Eingabefeld. In diesem Eingabefeld können Sie jetzt Ihren gewünschten Domainnamen eingeben (siehe Bild 'Domainnamen eingeben und prüfen', blauer Rahmen). Drücken Sie dann bitte auf den Button ''''Prüfen'''' um eine Verfügbarkeitsprüfung der Domain durchzuführen (siehe Bild 'Domainnamen eingeben und prüfen', blauer Pfeil).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_07.jpg|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Domainnamen eingeben und prüfen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nachdem die Suche abgeschlossen ist, sehen Sie eine Auflistung aller Domains mit den von Ihnen eingegeben Namen (siehe Bild 'Domain auswählen'). Sie sehen außerdem die Verfügbarkeit jeder Domain anhand von farblichen Kreisen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* grüner Kreis = verfügbar&lt;br /&gt;
* gelber Kreis = Transfer zu einem anderen Provider möglich&lt;br /&gt;
* roter Kreis   = nicht verfügbar&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Diese Informationen stehen ebenfalls oberhalb der aufgelisteten Domains. Drücken Sie nun auf die gewünschte Domain, indem Sie auf den ''''Haken'''' hinter der Domain und dem Verfügbarkeitssymbol drücken (siehe Bild 'Domain auswählen', blauer Pfeil). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_08.jpg|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Domain auswählen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nun erscheinen alle Tarife, die für die ausgewählte Domain zur Verfügung stehen. Hier sehen Sie, was die einzelnen Tarife beinhalten sowie deren Preise (Netto). Durch Drücken auf den jeweiligen ''''Wunschtarif'''' wird dieser in den Warenkorb verschoben (siehe Bild 'Domain Tarif auswählen', blauer Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taplet_09.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Tarif auswählen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie gelangen danach automatisch auf den Startbildschirm zurück. Die App zeigt Ihnen einen blauen Haken hinter der oder den ausgewählten Domains an (siehe Bild 'Übersicht ausgewählte Domains', blauer Rahmen). Nun können Sie weitere Domains mit dem gleichen Prinzip auswählen. Durch Drücken auf den ''''Warenkorb'''' im oberen rechten Bildrand können Sie die Bestellung fortführen (siehe Einkaufswagensymbol im Bild 'Übersicht ausgewählte Domains', blauer Pfeil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taplet_10.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Übersicht ausgewählte Domains &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ansicht Serververträge ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Öffnen Sie die App. Wenn Sie noch nicht angemeldet sind, drücken Sie bitte auf '''Anmelden''' im oberen rechten Bildschirm (siehe Bild 'Anmelden', blauer Pfeil) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:anmelden_01.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Anmelden &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte wählen Sie dann '''Login Bestandskunde''' aus um sich mit Ihrem Benutzernamen und Passwort anzumelden (siehe Bild 'Anmeldung auswählen', blauer Rahmen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Sie können an dieser Stelle auch ein neues Kundenkonto anlegen. Wie Sie ein neues Benutzerkonto anlegen, sehen Sie im Punkt:[[Guide_EUserv_Android_App#Anmeldung_f.C3.BCr_Neukunden_2 | Anmeldung für Neukunden]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:login_bestandskunde.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Anmeldung auswählen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte geben Sie für die Anmeldung Ihre '''Kundennummer''' oder '''E-Mail-Adresse''' sowie Ihr '''Passwort''' ein und bestätigen Sie Ihre Eingaben in dem Sie auf '''Anmelden''' drücken. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:anmeldung_bestandskunde01.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Anmeldung Bestandskunde&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jetzt sind Sie angemeldet. Um eine Übersicht Ihrer Server zu sehen, drücken Sie bitte auf das Menüfeld ('drei Punkte, siehe Bild 'Menü auswählen', blauer Pfeil).  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:menü_auswählen_00.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Menü auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jetzt erscheint ein kleines Menü auf Ihrem Bildschirm. Bitte wählen Sie hier '''Meine Verträge''' aus (siehe Bild 'Meine Verträge auswählen', blauer Rahmen) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:verträge_auswählen_00.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Meine Verträge auswählen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jetzt erscheinen auf dem Display Ihre bei EUserv gemieteten Server in der Verträge-Übersicht. Durch Drücken auf '''Server''' gelangen Sie in Ihre Server-Übersicht (siehe Bild 'Meine Server', blauer Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_anzeigen_01.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Meine Server&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Jetzt befinden Sie sich in Ihrer Server-Übersicht. In dieser Übersicht sehen Sie Ihre Vertragsnummer, Produktbezeichnung, Vertragslaufzeit sowie die IP-Adresse Ihrer Server. Zudem sehen Sie auch, ob der Server aktiv somit verfügbar ist oder sich z.B. in Bearbeitung befindet. Diese Info wird Ihnen im Feld Status angezeigt. Hierfür stehen die Kreise hinter den jeweiligen Servern (siehe Bild 'Serverübersicht').&lt;br /&gt;
* grüner Kreis: aktiver Server/verfügbar&lt;br /&gt;
* gelber Kreis: zum Teil verfügbar/in Bearbeitung/in Bereitstellung &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Durch drücken der '''Menütaste''' oder '''Zurück-Taste''' auf Ihrem Tablet gelangen Sie zurück zur Verträge-Übersicht bzw. können eine andere Funktion der App nutzen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_übersicht_01.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Serverübersicht&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Server-Reboot durchführen ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Durch drücken auf einen aktiven Server (Status: grüner Kreis) können Sie diesen auswählen und einen Server-Reboot zu starten (siehe Bild 'Server auswählen', blauer Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_auswählen_01.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Server auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nun erscheint auf Ihrem Display ''''Reboot ausführen'''' und ''''Re-Installation''''. Bitte drücken Sie auf das Feld ''''Reboot ausführen'''' um den Reboot zu starten (siehe Bild 'Server-Reboot ausführen', roter Rahmen)  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_tab_de.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Server-Reboot ausführen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zur Sicherheit werden Sie dann erneut nochmal gefragt ob Sie einen Server-Reboot starten möchten. Bestätigen Sie dies, indem Sie auf '''ok''' drücken (siehe Bild 'Server-Reboot bestätigen', blauer Rahmen). Falls Sie keinen Server-Reboot durchführen wollen, drücken Sie bitte '''Abbrechen'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_bestätigen_01.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Server-Reboot bestätigen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nachdem Sie den Server-Reboot bestätigt haben, wird dieser durchgeführt  Anhand des '''Warten-Symbols''' sehen Sie das der Vorgang noch läuft (siehe Bild 'Durchführung Server-Reboot'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reboot_läuft_01.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Durchführung Server-Reboot&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sobald der Reboot abgeschlossen wurde, erscheint wieder ein grüner Kreis (siehe Bild 'Server-Übersicht') im Display hinter der Serverbezeichnung. Durch drücken der '''Menütaste''' oder '''Zurück-Taste''' auf Ihrem Tablet gelangen Sie zurück zur Serverübersicht oder Verträge-Übersicht bzw. können sich aus der App abmelden.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:server_übersicht_01.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Server-Übersicht&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Neuinstallation von Betriebssystemen ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sie können sich für jeden Ihrer Server das dort installierte Betriebssystem anzeigen lassen. Sie sehen zudem eine Liste an verfügbaren Betriebssystemen, die für eine Neuinstallation bereit stehen. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um direkt aus der App die Reinstallation eines Betriebssystems zu starten, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wählen Sie bitte einen Ihrer Serververträge aus. Wie Sie Ihre Serververträge auswählen können Sie hier nachlesen: [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App#Ansicht_Serververtr.C3.A4ge_2 | Ansicht Serververträge]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wenn Sie einen Ihrer Serververträge ausgewählt haben, erscheinen auf Ihrem Display ''''Reboot ausführen'''' und ''''Re-Installation''''. Bitte drücken Sie auf das Feld ''''Re-Installation'''' um die Installation zu starten (siehe Bild 'Re-Installation ausführen', blauer Rahmen) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_tab_de.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Re-Installation ausführen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Auf Ihrem Display sehen Sie das aktuell auf Ihrem Server installierte Betriebssystem (siehe Bild 'Betriebssysteme', blauer Pfeil). Darunter befindet sich eine Übersicht der verfügbaren Betriebssystemen die für eine Neuinstallation auf Ihrem Server zur Verfügung stehen (siehe Bild 'Betriebssysteme'). Durch Drücken auf das jeweilige Betriebssystem, wählen Sie dieses aus. Ein blauer Punkt links im Kreis zeigt Ihnen Ihre Auswahl an. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bei ''''Bootmedium resetten'''' ist automatisch ein Hacken gesetzt, dies wird empfohlen damit die Reinstallation problemlos durchgeführt werden kann. Sie können hier jedoch durch Drücken auf das Kästchen mit den Hacken die Auswahl entfernen und die Reinstallation ohne Reset des Bootmediums durchführen. Wenn Sie alle erforderlichen Punkte ausgewählt haben, drücken Sie bitte ganz unten auf das Feld ''''Reinstallation starten'''' (siehe Bild 'Betriebssysteme', blauer Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:BS_tab_auswählen.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Betriebssysteme&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Zur Sicherheit müssen Sie Ihre Auswahl noch einmal bestätigen. Bitte beachten Sie, das bei einer Reinstallation alle Daten auf allen Festplatten gelöscht werden. Durch Drücken auf ''''Ok'''' beginnt die Reinstallation des Betriebssystems auf Ihrem Server (siehe Bild 'Reinstallation bestätigen', blauer Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_tab_bestätigen_de.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Reinstallation bestätigen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nun sehen Sie auf Ihrem Dispay das die Reinstallation durchgeführt wird (siehe Bild 'Durchführung Reinstall'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_tab_durchführung_de.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Durchführung Reinstall&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sobald die Reinstallation abgeschlossen ist, erscheint auf Ihrem Display ein Informationsfeld mit dem Hinweis das die Installation erfolgreich durchgeführt ist und beim nächsten Reboot der Server neu installiert wird. Durch Drücken auf ''''Ok'''' gelangen Sie zurück zur Übersicht Ihrer Verträge (siehe Bild 'Reinstall abgeschlossen', blauer Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:reinstall_tab_abgeschlossen_de.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Reinstall abgeschlossen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Bestellfunktion ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Warenkorb ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nun sehen Sie in Ihrem Warenkorb Ihre ausgewählten Domains inkl. der jeweiligen Tarifoption, dem Gesamtpreis und der ausgewiesenen Mehrwertsteuer. Wenn Sie die Bestellung ändern möchten, drücken Sie bitte auf den Button ''''Löschen'''' um die Domain wieder aus dem Warenkorb zu entfernen (siehe Bild 'Ansicht Warenkorb', blauer Rahmen). Um mit der Bestellung fortzuführen drücken Sie bitte auf den blauen Button ''''Zur Kasse'''' (siehe Bild 'Ansicht Warenkorb', blauer Pfeil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taplet_11.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ansicht Warenkorb&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wenn Sie auf den Button ''''Zur Kasse'''' gedrückt haben, erscheint nun auf dem Bildschirm nun die Anmeldefunktion. Wenn Sie bereits EUserv-Kunde sind, dann drücken Sie bitte auf ''''Login Bestandskunde''''. Wenn Sie Neukunde sind, dann drücken Sie bitte auf ''''Neues Kundenkonto anlegen'''' (siehe Bild 'Anmeldung auswählen', blauer Rahmen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taplet_12.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Anmeldung auswählen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Anmeldung für Bestandskunden ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Als Bestandskunde erscheint nun ein Eingabefeld. Hier müssen Sie sich mit Ihrer E-Mailadresse oder der Kundennummer, sowie Ihrem Passwort anmelden (siehe Bild 'Anmeldung Bestandskunden', blauer Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taplet_13.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Anmeldung Bestandskunden &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Anmeldung für Neukunden ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Als Neukunde müssen Sie zunächst zweimal Ihre E-Mail-Adresse eingeben, sowie Ihren Vor- und Zunamen (siehe Bild 'Anmeldung Neukunden', blauer Rahmen). ''''WICHTIG!'''' Nach Abschluss der Bestellung müssen Sie im Kundencenter Ihre Kundendaten noch vervollständigen, nur so wird die Bestellung auch ausgeführt.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_tablet_19.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Anmeldung Bestandskunden &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Bestellfunktion ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nun sind Sie angemeldet und befinden sich im Kassenbereich. Hier können Sie die Bestellung abschließen. Dazu lesen Sie bitte unsere AGBs und bestätigen diese im Anschluss, indem Sie auf das Kästchen links neben dem Hinweistext drücken (siehe auch [[Guide_EUserv_Android_App#Gesch.C3.A4ftsbedingungen_2 | AGBs EUserv]]). Unsere AGBs bestätigen Sie, indem Sie auf das Kästchen links neben dem Hinweistext drücken. Ein blaues Häkchen in dem Kästchen bestätigt Ihre Auswahl (siehe Bild 'Kauf abschließen', blauer Rahmen). Um die Bestellung abzuschließen drücken Sie dann bitte auf den Button ''''Jetzt kaufen'''' (siehe Bild 'Kauf abschließen', blauer Pfeil). Damit haben Sie Ihre Domain erfolgreich bestellt. In Kürze erhalten Sie von EUserv eine E-Mail mit der Bestätigung Ihrer Bestellung. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Wenn Sie den Kauf ändern oder abbrechen wollen gehen Sie bitte auf die ''''Zurück''''-Taste (Return-Taste) auf Ihrem Smartphone. So gelangen Sie zur vorherigen Seite. Dort können Sie dann die Domain aus dem Warenkorb löschen oder die Bestellung ändern. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taplet_15.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Kauf abschließen &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Sonstige Funktionen ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Impressum ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Bitte beachten Sie auch das Impressum von EUserv, indem Sie alle wichtigen Verkaufshinweise nachlesen können (siehe Bild 'Impressum EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taplet_17.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Impressum EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Geschäftsbedingungen ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Bitte lesen Sie vor Ihrer Bestellung die Allgemeinen Geschäftsbedingungen von EUserv (siehe Bild 'AGBs EUserv'). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:taplet_16.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
AGBs EUserv&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Versionsnummer === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Um die aktuelle Versionsnummer Ihrer EUserv Android App abzurufen, gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* Öffnen Sie die App. Drücken Sie dann bitte bei Ihrem Tablet oben links auf die ''''drei Punkte'''' (siehe Bild 'Über auswählen', blauer Pfeil). Jetzt erscheint ein kleines Menü in dem Sie bitte den Butten ''''Über'''' auswählen (siehe Bild 'Über auswählen', blauer Rahmen). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_version.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Über auswählen&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Nun wird Ihnen die aktuelle Versionsnummer sowie das Erstellungsdatum der App angezeigt (siehe Bild 'Ansicht Versionsnummer'). Mit der ''''Return-Taste'''' auf Ihrem Tablet gelangen Sie zurück zum Startbildschirm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[Datei:screenshot_18_1.png|500px]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ansicht Versionsnummer &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</description>
			<pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 12:19:49 GMT</pubDate>			<dc:creator>Kawi1</dc:creator>			<comments>https://www.euserv.com/wiki/index.php/Diskussion:Guide_EUserv_Android_App</comments>		</item>
	</channel>
</rss>